Document:

Second Amendment to the Corporation and Affiliates Deferred Comp. Plan

 Exhibit 10.12 
 SECOND AMENDMENT TO 
 THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. 
 AND AFFILIATES DEFERRED COMPENSATION PLAN 
 (as
amended and restated July 1, 2004) 
 WHEREAS, The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. (“PNC”) sponsors The PNC Financial
Services Group, Inc. and Affiliates Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Plan”); 
 WHEREAS, Section 10 of the Plan authorizes PNC
to amend the Plan; and 
 WHEREAS, PNC wishes to amend the Plan to (i) provide for the merger of the Mercantile Bankshares Corporation
Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Mercantile Plan”) into the Plan such that each participant in the Mercantile Plan will have an account balance in the Plan, which will be equal to or greater than the account balance the participant had
under the Mercantile Plan immediately before the merger (“Mercantile Account”), (ii) provide that each participant in the Mercantile Plan will have an irrevocable incentive payment and/or salary deferral election under the Plan for
the remainder of 2007, (iii) provide that each Mercantile Account will be distributed in accordance with participant elections as previously designated under the Mercantile Plan, (iv) permit participants in the Corporate Executive Group to
elect to defer certain performance-based compensation until six months before the end of the relevant performance period, and (v) make certain other clarifying changes. 
 NOW, THEREFORE, IT IS RESOLVED, that the Plan is hereby amended as follows: 
 1. Effective September 15, 2007, Section 1.32 of the Plan is hereby amended to add the following paragraph to the end thereof: 
 “Effective September 15, 2007, for those account balances merged into the Plan from the Mercantile Bankshares Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan (the “Mercantile Plan”), as provided in
Section 13.7, “Retirement” is to be defined as such term was defined in the Mercantile Plan.” 
 2. Effective September 15, 2007,
Section 3.1 of the Plan is hereby amended to add the following paragraph to the end thereof: 
 “Effective September 15, 2007
and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, former participants in the Mercantile Plan who elected to defer their incentive payments and/or annual salary under the Mercantile Plan for 2007 will continue to make such deferrals under the
Plan in the same manner and in the same amount as they had been made under the Mercantile Plan for the remainder of 2007.” 

 3. Effective January 1, 2007, Section 3.2 of the Plan is hereby amended to add the following paragraph to the
end thereof: 
 “Effective January 1, 2007 and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, a Participant who is in the
Corporate Executive Group is permitted to file a Deferral Election Form with the Plan Manager for any Cash Incentive Award that is performance-based compensation, as defined under Internal Revenue Code Section 409A and the regulations
thereunder, at any date that is at least six months before the end of the relevant performance period related to such performance-based compensation.” 
 4. Effective September 15, 2007, Section 4.2 of the Plan is hereby amended to add the following paragraph to the end thereof: 
 “Effective September 15, 2007 and notwithstanding anything to the contrary in the Plan, any account balances merged into the Plan from the Mercantile Plan, as provided in Section 13.7, will be distributed in accordance with
the distribution provisions of the Mercantile Plan and the distribution elections previously elected under the Mercantile Plan. Further, former participants in the Mercantile Plan may change their previous distribution election under the Mercantile
Plan; provided, that such former participants submit a new Deferral Election Form at least one year prior to their separation from service and the new distribution date is at least five years from the distribution date then in effect.”

 5. Effective September 15, 2007, Section 6 of the Plan is hereby amended to add the following sentence to the end thereof: 
 “For the sake of clarity, Beneficiary or Beneficiaries designations under any plan that is merged into the Plan (the “Prior Plan”) will be
honored until a Participant designates a new Beneficiary or Beneficiaries under the Plan or until the Participant revokes his prior Beneficiary or Beneficiaries designations under the Prior Plan.” 
 6. Effective September 15, 2007, Section 13 of the Plan is hereby amended to add a new Section 13.7 to the end thereof: 
 “13.7 Merger of Mercantile Bankshares Corporation Deferred Compensation Plan 
 Effective September 15, 2007 or as soon as administratively practicable thereafter, the Mercantile Plan will be merged into the Plan. Under the Plan,
each individual who has an account balance merged into the Plan 

 
from the Mercantile Plan will have an Account equal to or greater than the account balance such individual had under the Mercantile Plan immediately before
the merger.” 
 Executed and adopted by the Chief Human Resources Officer of The PNC Financial
Services Group, Inc. this 13th day of September, 2007 pursuant to the authority delegated by the Corporation’s Personnel and Compensation
Committee. 
  

	
	 /s/ William E. Rosner

	William E. Rosner
	Senior Vice President and Chief Human Resources Officer2008 Forms of Employee Performance Units Agreement

 Exhibit 10.33 
 2008 FORMS OF EMPLOYEE PERFORMANCE UNITS AGREEMENTS 
 FORM OF INCENTIVE PERFORMANCE UNITS AGREEMENT

 2008-2010 Incentive Performance Units Grant 
 Performance
Period: January 1, 2008 - December 31, 2010 (3 Years) 
 Performance Criteria: Levels of PNC Earnings per Share Growth and 
         Return on Average Common Equity (not including goodwill) Performance 
         Relative to Peer Performance 
 100% Vests on Final Award 
 THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. 
 2006 INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN 
 * * * 
 2008-2010 INCENTIVE PERFORMANCE UNITS AGREEMENT 
 * * * 
  

			
	GRANTEE:	  	< name >
		
	GRANT DATE:	  	January 15, 2008
		
	TARGET SHARE UNITS:	  	< whole number > Share Units

  
  
 1. Definitions. Certain terms used in this 2008-2010 Incentive Performance Units Agreement (“Agreement”) are defined in Section 15
or elsewhere in the Agreement, and such definitions will apply except where the context otherwise indicates. 
 In the Agreement,
“PNC” means The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., “Corporation” means PNC and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, and “Plan” means The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. 2006 Incentive Award Plan. 
 2. Grant of 2008-2010 Incentive Performance Units. Pursuant to the Plan and subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, PNC hereby
grants to the grantee named above (“Grant” and “Grantee”) a Share-denominated incentive award opportunity of Performance Units with the number of target Share Units set forth above (“Target Share Units”). 
 The Grant is subject to the corporate performance conditions, employment conditions, and other terms and conditions of this Agreement and to the Plan, to
final 

  

 January 2008 
 -1- 

 
award determination, and to Grantee’s acceptance of the Grant in accordance with Section 20. Payment of any Final Award (as defined in
Section 15.26) authorized pursuant to the Agreement will generally be made in shares of PNC common stock (“Shares”) up to the same number of Shares as the number set forth above as the number of Target Share Units (which is also the
maximum number of Shares, subject to capital adjustments, if any, pursuant to Section 9, that may be paid with respect to the Performance Units hereunder). To the extent, if any, that the total Final Award amount exceeds the Target Share Units
number set forth above, any remainder shall be paid in cash Share-equivalents. 
 In general, the Grant is an opportunity for Grantee to
receive, at the end of the applicable performance period, an award of Shares and, if applicable, cash Share-equivalents, based on the degree to which specified corporate performance criteria have been achieved, as determined by the Committee
(defined in Section 15.15) and subject to its negative discretion, or otherwise in accordance with the terms of the Agreement, provided that Grantee satisfies the employment conditions specified in the Agreement (or qualifies for a specified
exception and is deemed to have satisfied those employment conditions) and the other conditions of the Agreement are met. 
 The potential
maximum award payout that Grantee will be eligible to receive will be denominated in Share Units and will be expressed as a percentage of the Adjusted Target Share Units (defined in Section 15.1), which reflect adjustments for phantom dividends
on target share units converted to additional target share units. The potential maximum award payout percentage will be determined by the levels of corporate performance that PNC achieves with respect to the performance criteria specified by the
Committee relative to the corporate performance of PNC’s peers for each of the three years in the overall performance period and by the potential award payout schedules established by the Committee pursuant to Section 3.2, giving equal
weight to each of the two specified corporate performance standards and to each of the three covered years, subject to certain limitations or adjustments if there is an early termination or limitation of the performance measurement period
(e.g., if Grantee dies or has a qualifying retirement or if there is a Change in Control, as defined herein, during a performance measurement period). 
 Absent a Change in Control (as defined herein), the Committee will determine the Final Award, if any, that Grantee receives within this calculated maximum potential payout amount, generally in early 2011 (or early in
2009 or 2010 in the event of Grantee’s death prior to that time). The Committee may adjust the Final Award downward, but not upward, from this calculated performance-based amount. This potential award payout amount could be as high as 200% of
the Adjusted Target Share Units if PNC outperforms its peers with respect to both of the specified corporate performance standards for each year of the three-year performance period and if Grantee remains an employee of the Corporation throughout
the full three-year performance period, or it could be zero if PNC fails to achieve at least the threshold level of corporate performance specified for an award in the Agreement schedules with respect to such performance standards and years.

  

 January 2008 
 -2- 

 Any Final Award payout authorized pursuant to this Grant will generally be paid in Shares up to the same
number of Shares as the number set forth above as the number of Target Share Units, and any remainder will be paid in cash Share-equivalents. The Grant must still be outstanding at the time Final Award determinations are made for Grantee to be
eligible to receive an award, and Final Awards and payment are subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement and to the Plan. 
 The Agreement also provides a formula for calculation of the Final Award in the event of a Change in Control of PNC and for the form and timing of payment of any such award. 
 3. Corporate Performance Conditions. The Grant is subject to the following corporate performance conditions. 
 3.1 Performance Criteria. The corporate performance standards established by the Committee as the performance criteria for this incentive award
opportunity are the levels of EPS Growth performance and ROCE performance, as defined in Section 15.23 and Section 15.50, respectively, achieved by PNC as measured against the levels of EPS Growth performance and ROCE performance,
respectively, of the other Peer Group members. 
 3.2 Annual Peer Group and
Accompanying Annual Potential Payout Calculation Schedules. The Committee will establish the Annual Peer Group and the accompanying Annual Potential Payout Calculation Schedules for each year of the Performance Period as Schedules with respect
to this Grant no later than the 90th day of that year, at which time the Schedules for that year will become final. Each Annual Potential Payout
Calculation Schedule will provide a threshold level of corporate performance below which there will be no eligibility for an award payout with respect to corporate performance for that year. 
 Once the Annual Peer Group and accompanying Annual Potential Payout Calculation Schedules for a given year are established and final, the Committee will
not change the Schedules with respect to that year other than to reflect Peer name changes or the elimination from the Peer Group of any members that have been eliminated since the beginning of the year due, for example, to consolidations, mergers
or other material corporate reorganizations. Peer Group members that have been eliminated during the year will not be replaced for that year (or portion of a year where a limited-year calculation applies), but may be replaced when the Committee
establishes the Annual Peer Group for the following year. 
 3.3 Calculation of Applicable Annual Potential Payout Percentages. After
the end of each year of the Performance Period, PNC will: (1) determine the EPS Growth and ROCE performance for the applicable period for PNC and for each other member of the applicable Annual Peer Group remaining at the end of the period in
accordance with the definitions set forth in Section 15; and (2) calculate the Annual Potential Payout Percentage, as defined in Section 15.3, achieved by PNC for that year. Such results will be presented to the Committee. 

 

 January 2008 
 -3- 

 Where the Agreement requires the calculation of an Annual Potential Payout Percentage for a given period
that is less than a full year (e.g., upon certain qualifying terminations or Change in Control), PNC will determine PNC and other Peer EPS Growth and ROCE performance and the Limited-Year Annual Potential Payout Percentage for that limited
period as so required by the Agreement. 
 4. Grantee Service Requirement and Limitation of Potential Award; Early Termination of
Grant. The Grant is subject to the following employment conditions. 
 4.1 Eligibility for an Award; Employment Conditions and Early
Termination of Grant. Grantee will not be eligible to receive a Final Award unless the Grant remains outstanding on the Committee-determined Award Date (as defined in Section 15.5) or as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day
on which a Change in Control occurs, if earlier. 
 The Grant will automatically terminate on Grantee’s Termination Date (as defined in
Section 15.56) unless an exception is available as set forth in Section 4.2, Section 4.3, Section 4.4 or Section 4.5. Where one or more of the conditions to an exception are post-employment conditions, the Grant will
terminate upon the failure of any of those conditions. 
 In the event that Grantee’s employment is terminated by the Corporation for
Cause (as defined in Section 15.8), the Grant will automatically terminate on Grantee’s Termination Date whether or not the termination might otherwise have qualified for an exception as a retirement or a disability termination pursuant to
Section 4.3 or Section 4.4. 
 In the limited circumstances where the Grant remains outstanding notwithstanding Grantee’s
termination of employment with the Corporation, Grantee will be eligible for consideration for an award, subject to limitation as set forth in the applicable section of the Agreement. Said award, if any, will be determined and payable at the same
time as the awards of those 2008-2010 Incentive Performance Units grantees who remain Corporation employees, except that in the case of death, the determination and payment of said award, if any, shall be accelerated if so indicated in accordance
with the applicable provisions of Section 5 or Section 6, as applicable, and Section 7. 
 Any award that the Committee may
determine to make after Grantee’s death will be paid to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance with Section 10. 
 Notwithstanding anything in Section 4 or Section 5 to the contrary, if a Change in Control (as defined in Section 15.10) occurs prior to
the time the Committee makes a Final Award determination pursuant to Section 5.2 (that is, prior to the Committee-determined Award Date), an award will be determined in accordance with Section 6. 
  

 January 2008 
 -4- 

 4.2 Death While an Employee. If Grantee dies while an employee of the Corporation and prior to the
Committee-determined Award Date, the Grant will remain outstanding and Grantee will be eligible for consideration for a prorated award calculated in accordance with Section 5.1(b), with an applicable performance measurement date (as defined in
Section 5.1) of the earlier of the last day of the year in which the death occurred and December 31, 2010, and with adjustments to Adjusted Target Share Units calculated through that December 31st, and payable in accordance with
Section 7. 
 Any such award will be subject to Committee determination pursuant to Section 5.2, and may be reduced or eliminated
by the Committee in the exercise of its negative discretion unless such determination occurs during a CIC Coverage Period (as defined in Section 15.11). 
 In the event that a Change in Control occurs prior to the time the Committee makes an award determination with respect to Grantee (either to award a specified amount or not to authorize any award), an award will be
deemed to be made pursuant to Section 6, calculated as specified in Section 6.1(b) and payable in accordance with Section 7. 
 4.3 Qualifying Retirement. If Grantee Retires (as defined in Section 15.48) prior to the Committee-determined Award Date and the termination of employment is not also a termination by the Corporation for Cause, the Grant will
remain outstanding post-employment; provided, however, that PNC may terminate the Grant at any time prior to the Award Date, other than during a CIC Coverage Period, upon determination that Grantee has engaged in Detrimental Conduct
(as defined in Section 15.19). If Grantee is Disabled (as defined in Section 15.20) at the time of Retirement and Section 4.4 is also applicable to Grantee, that subsection will govern rather than this Section 4.3. 
 Provided that the Grant has not been terminated prior to the award date for Detrimental Conduct and is still outstanding at that time, Grantee will be
eligible for Committee consideration of a prorated award at the time that awards are considered for those 2008-2010 Incentive Performance Unit grantees who remain Corporation employees, calculated in accordance with Section 5.1(c) with a
performance measurement date of the last day of the last full quarter completed on or prior to Grantee’s Retirement date, but in no event later than December 31, 2010, and with adjustments to Adjusted Target Share Units calculated through
that same performance measurement date, and payable in accordance with Section 7. 
 Any such award will be subject to Committee
determination pursuant to Section 5.2, and may be reduced or eliminated by the Committee in the exercise of its negative discretion unless such determination occurs during a CIC Coverage Period. 
 If Grantee dies after a qualifying Retirement but before the time set forth above for consideration of an award and provided that the Grant has not been
terminated for Detrimental Conduct and is still outstanding at the time of Grantee’s death, the 

  

 January 2008 
 -5- 

 
Committee may consider an award for Grantee and make an award determination with respect to Grantee (either to award a specified amount or not to authorize
any award). Any such award determination will be made and such award, if any, will be calculated in accordance with Section 5.1(c) as described above but will be paid in accordance with Section 7 during the calendar year immediately
following the year in which Grantee’s death occurs, if the death occurs on or prior to December 31, 2010, or in 2011 if the death occurs in 2011 but prior to the Award Date. 
 In the event that a Change in Control occurs prior to a Committee-determined Award Date, an award will be deemed to be made pursuant to Section 6,
calculated as specified in Section 6.1(c) and payable in accordance with Section 7. 
 4.4 Qualifying Disability
Termination. If Grantee’s employment with the Corporation is terminated by reason of Disability (as defined in Section 15.20) prior to the Committee-determined Award Date and the termination of employment is not also a termination by
the Corporation for Cause, the Grant will remain outstanding post-employment; provided, however, that PNC may terminate the Grant at any time prior to the Award Date, other than during a CIC Coverage Period, upon determination that
Grantee has engaged in Detrimental Conduct (as defined in Section 15.19). 
 Provided that the Grant is still outstanding at that time,
Grantee will be eligible for Committee consideration of a full award at the time that awards are considered for those 2008-2010 Incentive Performance Units grantees who remain Corporation employees, calculated in accordance with Section 5.1(d),
and payable in accordance with Section 7. 
 Any such award will be subject to Committee determination pursuant to Section 5.2, and
may be reduced or eliminated by the Committee in the exercise of its negative discretion unless such determination occurs during a CIC Coverage Period. Although Grantee will be eligible for consideration for a full award (Standard Payout
Calculation) at the scheduled time, it is anticipated that the Committee will take into account the timing and circumstances of the disability when deciding whether and the extent to which to exercise its negative discretion. 
 If Grantee dies after a qualifying disability termination but before the time set forth above for consideration of an award and provided that the Grant
has not been terminated for Detrimental Conduct and is still outstanding at the time of Grantee’s death, the Committee may consider an award for Grantee and make an award determination with respect to Grantee (either to award a specified amount
or not to authorize any award). Any such award determination will be made and such award, if any, will be paid in accordance with Section 7 during the year immediately following the year in which Grantee’s death occurs, if the death occurs
on or prior to December 31, 2010, or in 2011 if the death occurs in 2011 but prior to the Award Date; provided, however, that the maximum award that may be approved in these circumstances is the award that could have been
authorized had Grantee died while an employee of the Corporation. 
  

 January 2008 
 -6- 

 In the event that a Change in Control occurs prior to a Committee-determined Award Date, an award will be
deemed to be made pursuant to Section 6, calculated as specified in Section 6.1(d) and payable in accordance with Section 7. 
 4.5 Qualifying Termination in Anticipation of a Change in Control. If Grantee’s termination of employment satisfies the conditions set forth in Section 15.46 such that it is a Qualifying Termination in Anticipation of a
Change in Control, then the Grant will remain outstanding notwithstanding Grantee’s termination of employment with the Corporation and the Grant will not be subject to termination for Detrimental Conduct. 
 To the extent that the conditions set forth in Section 15.46 are conditions that must be satisfied during a stated post-employment period, the Grant
will remain outstanding during that period until it is determined that such conditions either have or have not been satisfied. If the conditions are not satisfied, the Grant will terminate unless Grantee meets one of the other exceptions set forth
in this Section 4. 
 If all of the conditions set forth in Section 15.46 are satisfied, Grantee will be eligible for consideration
for an award pursuant to Section 5.2, calculated in accordance with Section 5.1(e), or will receive an award pursuant to Section 6, calculated as specified in Section 6.1(e), as applicable. Any such award will be payable in
accordance with Section 7. 
 If Grantee dies after a Qualifying Termination in Anticipation of a Change in Control but prior to the
time the Committee makes an award determination pursuant to Section 5.2 or a Change-in-Control-determined Award Date, Grantee will be eligible for Committee consideration of an award of the greater of the award Grantee could have received had
he or she died while an employee of the Corporation or an award determined as set forth in Section 5.1(e). If a Change in Control occurs prior to a Committee-determined Award Date, Grantee will be deemed to receive an award in accordance with
Section 6. 
 5. Certification of Performance Results; Calculation of Maximum Potential Payout Amount; and Final Award
Determination. 
 5.1 Certification of Level of Achievement of Corporate Performance with respect to Performance Criteria; Calculation
of Final Potential Payout Percentage and Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount. As soon as practicable after December 31, 2010, or after the earlier relevant date if the applicable performance measurement date and potential award date
are earlier under the circumstances, PNC will present information to the Committee concerning the following: (1) the levels of EPS Growth performance and ROCE performance achieved by PNC and the other members of the applicable Annual Peer Group
for each of the applicable full and partial years for which performance is being measured under the circumstances; (2) the calculated Annual Potential Payout Percentages determined in accordance with the applicable Schedules for such full and
partial years on the basis of the levels of such EPS Growth performance and ROCE performance achieved by PNC relative to the other Peers for such periods; and (3) the calculated Final Potential Payout Percentage. 
  

 January 2008 
 -7- 

 Subsections (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) below set forth additional criteria for the
certifications and calculations to be made pursuant to this Section 5.1 under varying circumstances. The last day of the applicable performance measurement period is sometimes referred to as the “performance measurement date”. The
time when the certification, calculation and Final Award determination process will take place is sometimes referred to as the “scheduled award-determination period”, and the date when a Final Award, if any, is determined and made by the
Committee is sometimes referred to as the “Committee-determined Award Date” (as set forth in Section 15.5). 
 Notwithstanding
anything in this Section 5 to the contrary, if a Change in Control has occurred, Section 6 will apply. 
 (a) Non-Exceptional
Circumstances – Standard Payout Calculation. Provided that Grantee remains an employee of the Corporation and the Grant remains outstanding such that Grantee remains eligible for consideration for an award, and that a Change in Control has
not occurred, the Performance Period will run through December 31, 2010 and the process of certification of the levels of achievement of corporate performance with respect to the Performance Criteria, the calculation of the Final Potential
Payout Percentage and the Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount, and the determination of the Final Award, if any, will occur in early 2011. 
 Under the circumstances set forth in this subsection (a) above (“non-exceptional circumstances”), PNC will present information to the Committee for purposes of this Section 5.1 on the following basis: 
 (i) the applicable performance measurement date will be December 31, 2010; 
 (ii) the applicable Performance Period will consist of the full years 2008, 2009 and 2010; 
 (iii) the applicable Final Potential Payout Percentage will be the percentage that is the average of the Annual Potential Payout Percentages for 2008,
2009 and 2010, but in no event greater than 200%; 
 (iv) the applicable Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount will be the number of
Share Units equal to the Final Potential Payout Percentage of the Adjusted Target Share Units, with adjustments calculated through December 31, 2010; and 
 (v) the scheduled award-determination period will occur in early 2011. 
 (b) Death While an Employee.
In the event that Grantee dies while an employee of the Corporation and prior to the regularly scheduled award date for non-exceptional circumstances in early 2011 and the Grant remains outstanding pursuant to Section 4.2, PNC will present
information to the Committee for purposes of this Section 5.1 on the following basis: 
 (i) the applicable performance measurement date
will be the earlier of the last day of the year in which the death occurred and December 31, 2010; 
  

 January 2008 
 -8- 

 (ii) the applicable Performance Period will be the period commencing on January 1, 2008 and ending
on the applicable performance measurement date, and will consist of the one, two or three full years, as the case may be, in that period; 
 (iii) the applicable Final Potential Payout Percentage will be a Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage and will be the percentage that is the average of the Annual Potential Payout Percentages for the full years in the applicable
Performance Period specified above, but in no event greater than 200%; 
 (iv) the
applicable Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount will be the number of Share Units equal to (x) the applicable Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage of the Adjusted Target Share Units, with adjustments calculated through the
December 31st that is the applicable performance measurement date, then (y) prorated (as defined in Section 15.45) based on the
number of full years in the applicable Performance Period specified above, including the year of death if prior to 2011; and 
 (v) the
scheduled award-determination period will occur during the year immediately following the year in which Grantee died (i.e., early in 2009, 2010, or 2011, as the case may be) unless Grantee dies after December 31, 2010 but prior to the
award date, in which case the scheduled award-determination period will occur in 2011. 
 (c) Retirement. In the event that Grantee
Retires prior to the regularly scheduled award date for non-exceptional circumstances in early 2011 but Grantee has met the conditions for a qualifying retirement termination set forth in Section 4.3 and the Grant has not been terminated by PNC
prior to the award date pursuant to Section 4.3 for Detrimental Conduct and remains outstanding, PNC will present information to the Committee for purposes of this Section 5.1 on the following basis: 
 (i) the applicable performance measurement date will be the last day of the last full quarter completed prior to Grantee’s Retirement date or, if
the Retirement date is a quarter-end date, that quarter-end date, but in no event later than December 31, 2010; 
 (ii) the applicable
limited Performance Period will be the period commencing on January 1, 2008 and ending on the applicable performance measurement date, and will consist of the full and partial years in that period; 
 (iii) the applicable Final Potential Payout Percentage will be a Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage and will be the percentage that is the
weighted average of the Annual Potential Payout Percentages for the full years, if any, and the Limited-Year Annual Potential Payout Percentage for the partial year, if any, in the applicable limited Performance Period specified above, calculated as
set forth in Section 15.34; 
 (iv) the applicable Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount will be the number of Share Units equal to
(x) the applicable Limited-Period Final Potential Payout 

  

 January 2008 
 -9- 

 
Percentage of the Adjusted Target Share Units, with adjustments calculated through the quarter-end date that is the applicable performance measurement date,
then (y) prorated (as defined in Section 15.45) based on the number of full quarters in the applicable limited Performance Period (i.e., in the period from January 1, 2008 through the quarter-end date that is the applicable
performance measurement date specified above); and 
 (v) the scheduled award-determination period will occur in early 2011 as provided in
Section 7.1, unless Grantee dies after Retirement but before the beginning of 2010, in which case the scheduled award-determination period will occur in early 2009 (if the death occurred in 2008) or early 2010 (if the death occurred in 2009),
as the case may be. 
 In the event that Grantee is Disabled at the time of Retirement and Section 4.4 is also applicable to Grantee,
then Section 5.1(d) will govern rather than this Section 5.1(c). 
 (d) Disability. Except as set forth in the following
paragraph, in the event that Grantee becomes Disabled prior to the regularly scheduled award date for non-exceptional circumstances in early 2011 but Grantee has met the conditions for a qualifying disability termination set forth in
Section 4.4 and the Grant has not been terminated by PNC prior to the award date pursuant to Section 4.4 for Detrimental Conduct and remains outstanding, PNC will present information to the Committee for purposes of this Section 5.1
for consideration of an award on the same basis as that set forth in Section 5.1(a) for a continuing employee of the Corporation, together with such information as the Committee may request concerning the timing and circumstances of the
disability. The scheduled award-determination period will occur in early 2011 as provided in Section 7.1. 
 If Grantee dies after a
qualifying disability termination but prior to the award date and the Grant remains outstanding, Grantee will be eligible for Committee consideration of an award at the time and up to the maximum amount of the award Grantee could have received had
he or she died while an employee of the Corporation. 
 (e) Termination in Anticipation of a Change in Control. In the event that
Grantee ceases to be an employee of the Corporation prior to the regularly scheduled award date for non-exceptional circumstances in early 2011 but Grantee has met the conditions for a Qualifying Termination in Anticipation of a Change in Control
set forth in Section 4.5 and the Grant remains outstanding, but a Change in Control has not yet occurred, then: 
 (1) If a CIC
Triggering Event (as defined in Section 15.14) has occurred and has not yet failed (as CIC Failure is defined herein) such that a Change in Control transaction is pending at the regularly scheduled award date, the Grant will remain outstanding
and Grantee will be eligible to receive an award pursuant to Section 5.2 on the same basis as that set forth in Section 5.1(c) for a qualifying Retiree and the Committee will have no discretion to reduce the size of such award; and

  

 January 2008 
 -10- 

 (2) If the CIC Triggering Event fails prior to the regularly scheduled award date (as CIC Failure is
defined in Section 15.12), the Grant will remain outstanding and the Committee will have discretion to authorize an award, pursuant to Section 5.2, to Grantee up to a maximum permitted award calculated on the same basis as that set forth
in Section 5.1(c) for a qualifying Retiree, but the Committee will also have discretion to reduce the award as set forth in Section 5.2(b). 
 If Grantee dies after a Qualifying Termination in Anticipation of a Change in Control but prior to the time the Committee makes an award determination pursuant to Section 5.2 or a Change-in-Control-determined
Award Date, Grantee will be eligible for Committee consideration of an award of up to the greater of the award Grantee could have received had he or she died while an employee of the Corporation or an award determined as set forth above in this
Section 5.1(e). 
 If a Change in Control occurs prior to a Committee-determined Award Date, Grantee will be deemed to receive an award
in accordance with Section 6. 
 5.2 Final Award Determination by Committee. 
 (a) The Committee will have the authority to award to Grantee (“award”) as a Final Award such amount, denominated as a specified number of Share
Units, as may be determined by the Committee, subject to the limitations set forth in the following paragraph, provided, that, the Grant is still outstanding, that Grantee is either still an employee of the Corporation or qualifies for
an exception to the employment condition pursuant to Section 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 or 4.5, and that the Final Potential Payout Percentage is greater than zero. 
 The Final Award may not exceed the applicable Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount, as determined in accordance with the applicable section of Section 5.1, and is subject to the exercise of negative
discretion by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2(b), if applicable. The Committee will not have authority to exercise negative discretion if a CIC Coverage Period has commenced and has not yet ended; if there has been a Change in Control,
the Committee’s authority is subject to Section 6. 
 The date on which the Committee makes its determination as to whether or not
it will authorize an award and, if so, the size of a Final Award, if any, it authorizes within the Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount determined pursuant to the Agreement is sometimes referred to in the Agreement as the
“Committee-determined Award Date” (as set forth in Section 15.5). 
 Payment of the Final Award, if any, will be made in
accordance with Section 7. If Grantee dies after a Final Award is determined but before payment is made, payment of the Final Award will be made to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance
with Section 10. 
  

 January 2008 
 -11- 

 (b) Except during a CIC Coverage Period or after the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Committee may
exercise negative discretion with respect to the Grant and may determine, in light of such Corporation or individual performance or other factors as the Committee may deem appropriate, that notwithstanding the levels of EPS Growth and/or ROCE
performance achieved by PNC relative to the other members of the Peer Group, the Committee will not award Grantee the full Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount that the Committee is authorized to award pursuant to Section 5.2(a), or any
of such amount. 
 If the Committee so determines to exercise its negative discretion pursuant to this Section 5.2(b), the Final Award,
if any, will be reduced accordingly; provided, however, that the Committee may not exercise such negative discretion upon or after the occurrence of a Change in Control (or during the period after the occurrence of a CIC Triggering
Event but before such triggering event either results in a Change in Control or a CIC Failure of such event occurs). 
 (c) If a Change in
Control occurs prior to the Committee-determined Award Date, the Final Award will be determined in accordance with Section 6 rather than being determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 and will not be subject to the
Committee’s negative discretion. 
 6. Change in Control Prior to a Committee-Determined Award Date. 
 6.1 Final Award Calculation. 
 Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control at any time prior to a Committee-determined Award Date pursuant to Section 5.2, (i) the Performance Period, if not already
ended, will be limited and will end on the last day of the last full quarter completed prior to the day the Change in Control occurs, or, if the Change in Control occurs on a quarter-end date, on the day the Change in Control occurs, but in no event
later than December 31, 2010, (ii) if Dividend Adjustment Share Units were otherwise still accruing at the time, no further Dividend Adjustment Share Units will accrue and be added to the number of Adjusted Target Share Units after the
last day of the Performance Period as so limited, and (iii) Grantee will be deemed to have been awarded a Final Award in an amount determined as set forth in this Section 6, payable to Grantee or Grantee’s legal representative at the
time and in the manner set forth in Section 7, provided that the Grant is outstanding as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day on which the Change in Control occurs and has not already terminated or been terminated in accordance
with the terms of Section 4. 
 If this Section 6 is applicable and a Final Award is deemed to be awarded pursuant to
Section 6, the day the Change in Control occurs will be considered the Award Date for purposes of the Agreement. This date is sometimes referred to in the Agreement as the “Change-in-Control-determined Award Date” (as set forth in
Section 15.5). 
  

 January 2008 
 -12- 

 (a) Standard CIC Payout Calculation. Provided that Grantee is an employee of the Corporation and
the Grant is outstanding as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day on which the Change in Control occurs such that Grantee remains eligible for an award, Grantee’s Final Award will be determined as follows: 
 (i) the applicable performance measurement date will be the last day of the last full quarter completed prior to the day the Change in Control occurs, or,
if the Change in Control occurs on a quarter-end date, the day the Change in Control occurs, but in no event later than December 31, 2010; 
 (ii) the applicable Performance Period will be the period commencing on January 1, 2008 and ending on the applicable performance measurement date, and will consist of the full and partial years in that period; 
 (iii) the scheduled award-determination period will occur as soon as practicable after the occurrence of the Change in Control; and 
 (iv) a Final Award will be calculated in two parts (Part A and Part B), and the Final Award amount will be the sum of the amounts calculated for the Part
A Award and the Part B Award as set forth below; provided, however, that the Part B Award is subject to Section 6.3 and that the Part B Award is not applicable in the limited circumstance where the Change in Control occurs on or
after December 31, 2010 and the Part A Award is not prorated. 
 Part A Award: The Part A Award amount will be the number of
Share Units equal to: 
 (1) the “CIC Payout Percentage” (calculated as set forth below) of the Adjusted Target Share Units,
with adjustments calculated through the quarter-end date that is the applicable performance measurement date specified above, then, except where the Change in Control occurs on or after December 31, 2010 and therefore the applicable Performance
Period covers a full three years, 
 (2) prorated (as defined in Section 15.45) based on the number of full quarters in the applicable
limited Performance Period (i.e., in the period from January 1, 2008 through the quarter-end date that is the applicable performance measurement date specified above). 
 The “CIC Payout Percentage” will be (a) or (b) below, as applicable, (but in no event greater than 200%): 
 (a) if the Change in Control occurs prior to December 31, 2010, such that the Performance Period is less than three full years, the CIC Payout
Percentage will be the higher of (1) 100% and (2) a Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage calculated as set forth in Section 15.34 for the applicable limited Performance Period specified above; and 
  

 January 2008 
 -13- 

 (b) if the Change in Control occurs on or after December 31, 2010, the CIC Payout Percentage will be
the average of the Annual Potential Payout Percentages for the full years 2008, 2009 and 2010. 
 Part B Award: Subject to
Section 6.3, the Part B Award amount will be the number of Share Units equal to: 
 (1) 100% of the Adjusted Target Share Units, with
adjustments calculated through the quarter-end date that is the applicable performance measurement date specified above, multiplied by 
 (2)
the fraction equal to 1.00 minus the fraction used for the proration by quarters in the calculation of the Part A Award above. 
 If the
calculation of the Part A Award above does not include a proration factor, the Part B Award will not be applicable. 
 If Grantee dies after
the Change in Control occurs, Grantee’s Final Award determined pursuant to this Section 6.1(a) will be paid to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance with Section 10.

 (b) Death. If Grantee died while an employee of the Corporation and a Final Award determination (either to award a specified amount
or not to authorize any award) was made by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 prior to the Change in Control, no further or different award determination will be made pursuant to this Section 6.1. 
 In the event the Grantee died while an employee of the Corporation and qualified for consideration for an award pursuant to Section 4.2 but the
Committee had not yet made an award determination (either to award a specified amount or not to authorize any award) with respect to Grantee at the time the Change in Control occurs such that Grantee remains eligible for an award, then the scheduled
award-determination period will occur as soon as practicable after the occurrence of the Change in Control, and the amount of Grantee’s Final Award (payable to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee,
in accordance with Section 10) will be determined on the following basis, as applicable. 
 (1) If Grantee died in the calendar year
prior to the Change in Control but the Committee had not yet made an award determination (either to award a specified amount or not to authorize any award) with respect to Grantee at the time the Change in Control occurs, Grantee’s Final Award
will be in the amount of the Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount determined in the same manner as set forth in Section 5.1(b) but with no Committee discretion to reduce the amount of the award. 
 (2) If Grantee died in the same calendar year as the Change in Control, Grantee’s Final Award will be in the amount of the award that would have been

  

 January 2008 
 -14- 

 
payable to Grantee pursuant to the calculations set forth in Section 6.1(a), but substituting a Part B Award of zero Share Units for any Part B Award
amount calculated pursuant to that section, had Grantee not died but had been an employee of the Corporation as of the end of day immediately preceding the day the Change in Control occurred. 
 (c) Qualifying Retirement. In the event that Grantee Retired prior to the day the Change in Control occurs but Grantee has met the conditions for
a qualifying retirement termination set forth in Section 4.3 and the Grant has not been terminated by PNC prior to the Change in Control pursuant to Section 4.3 for Detrimental Conduct and is outstanding as of the end of the day
immediately preceding the day on which the Change in Control occurs such that Grantee remains eligible for an award, Grantee’s Final Award will be in the amount of the lesser of: 
 (1) the Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount determined in the same manner as set forth in Section 5.1(c) but with no Committee discretion to
reduce the amount of the award; and 
 (2) the amount of the award that would have been payable to Grantee pursuant to the calculations set
forth in Section 6.1(a), but substituting a Part B Award of zero Share Units for any Part B Award amount calculated pursuant to that section, had Grantee not Retired but had been an employee of the Corporation as of the end of the day
immediately preceding the day the Change in Control occurred. 
 The scheduled award-determination period will occur as soon as practicable
after the occurrence of the Change in Control. 
 If Grantee died while a qualified Retiree and a Final Award determination (either to award
a specified amount or not to authorize any award) was made by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 prior to the Change in Control, no further or different award determination will be made pursuant to this Section 6.1. 
 If no such Final Award determination was made prior to the Change in Control, Grantee’s Final Award determined pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)
will be paid to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance with Section 10. 
 (d)
Disability. In the event that Grantee became Disabled and Grantee’s employment with the Corporation terminated prior to the day the Change in Control occurs but Grantee has met the conditions for a qualifying disability termination set
forth in Section 4.4 and the Grant has not been terminated by PNC prior to the Change in Control pursuant to Section 4.4 for Detrimental Conduct and is outstanding as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day on which the Change
in Control occurs such that Grantee remains eligible for an award, Grantee’s Final Award will be in the amount of the award that would have been payable to Grantee pursuant to the calculations set forth in Section 6.1(a), but substituting
a Part B Award of zero Share Units for any Part B Award amount calculated pursuant to that section, had Grantee still been an employee of 

  

 January 2008 
 -15- 

 
the Corporation as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day the Change in Control occurred. The scheduled award-determination period will occur as
soon as practicable after the occurrence of the Change in Control. 
 If Grantee died while qualified to receive an award and a Final Award
determination (either to award a specified amount or not to authorize any award) was made by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 prior to the Change in Control, no further or different award determination will be made pursuant to this
Section 6.1. If no such Final Award determination was made prior to the Change in Control, Grantee’s Final Award (payable to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance with
Section 10) will be an award determined in accordance with Section 6.1(b) as if Grantee had died while an employee of the Corporation and prior to the Change in Control. 
 (e) Qualifying Termination in Anticipation of a Change in Control. In the event that Grantee’s termination of employment satisfies all of the
conditions set forth in Section 4.5 and Section 15.46 for a qualifying termination in anticipation of a change in control such that the Grant is outstanding at the time the Change in Control occurs and Grantee remains eligible for an
award, Grantee will receive a Final Award on the following basis, as applicable. 
 (1) If the Change in Control occurs within three
(3) months of Grantee’s Termination Date, Grantee will receive a Final Award on the same basis as a continuing employee of the Corporation as set forth in Section 6.1(a). 
 (2) If the Change in Control occurs more than three (3) months after Grantee’s Termination Date but the Grant is outstanding because
Grantee’s termination of employment qualifies under Section 4.5 and Section 15.46 by, among other conditions, having occurred after or within three months prior to a CIC Triggering Event, Grantee will receive a Final Award on the same
basis as a qualifying Retiree as set forth in Section 6.1(c). 
 If Grantee died while qualified to receive an award and a Final Award
determination (either to award a specified amount or not to authorize any award) was made by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 prior to the Change in Control, no further or different award determination will be made pursuant to this
Section 6.1. If no such Final Award determination was made prior to the Change in Control, Grantee’s Final Award (payable to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance with
Section 10) will be the same amount as the Final Award that would have been paid to Grantee pursuant to this Section 6.1(e) had Grantee still been alive on the Change-in-Control-determined Award Date. 
 6.2 No Committee Discretion. The Committee may not exercise any negative discretion pursuant to Section 5.2(b) or otherwise exercise
discretion pursuant to the Agreement in any way that would serve to reduce an award deemed to be made to Grantee pursuant to this Section 6. 
  

 January 2008 
 -16- 

 6.3 Conditions for Final Award Calculation Part B Award. Certain subsections of Section 6.1
specify that a Final Award will be calculated in two parts: Part A Award and Part B Award. The Part B Award portion, where otherwise applicable pursuant to Section 6.1, is subject to the condition that Grantee have entered into a new
change of control employment agreement with PNC after January 1, 2008. 
 Notwithstanding anything in Section 6.1 to the contrary,
unless and until Grantee has entered into such an agreement, the calculation of a Final Award pursuant to Section 6.1 shall in no event include a Part B Award. 
 7. Delivery of Final Award; Termination of Grant as to Any Unawarded Performance Units. 
 7.1
Delivery of Final Award Determined by the Committee. Any Final Award determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 will be settled by delivery of whole Shares and, if applicable, cash Share-equivalents that together equal the
number of Share Units specified in the Final Award, subject to the payment of applicable withholding taxes as set forth in Section 11. 
 (a) Form of Payment. Except where the Committee awards a prorated Final Award to Grantee as a qualifying Retiree or in the event of Grantee’s death, any Final Award determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 will
be settled by delivery of that number of whole Shares equal to the number of Share Units specified in the Final Award up to a number of Shares equal to the number specified in the Grant as the Target Share Units number (which number, without regard
to any additions for Dividend Adjustment Share Units but after any capital adjustments pursuant to Section 9, is also the maximum number of Shares that may be paid with respect to the Performance Units hereunder). If the number of Share Units
specified in the Final Award exceeds that maximum number of Shares, then any excess of such number of Share Units will be settled in cash (sometimes referred to in the Agreement as “cash Share-equivalents”) in an amount equal to such
excess number of Share Units multiplied by the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 15.25) of a share of PNC common stock on the Award Date or as otherwise provided in Section 9, if applicable. 
 In the event that a Final Award determined by the Committee is a prorated award and is made to Grantee as a qualifying Retiree or in the event of
Grantee’s death, then the form of payment of any such Final Award will be determined as follows. The Final Award will be settled by delivery of whole Shares up to a number of Shares equal to the product of the proration factor used in
calculating the award and the number specified in the Grant as the Target Share Units number, rounded down to the nearest whole number, and any remainder will be settled in cash as cash Share-equivalents. 
 (b) Timing. Determination of eligibility for an award, calculation of the maximum permitted award amount, and a decision by the Committee on
whether or not to authorize an award and, if so, the size of such Final Award (the “scheduled award-determination process”) and then payment of any such Final Award will all generally occur in the first quarter of 2011 or as soon
thereafter as practicable after the final Peer data necessary for the Committee to make its award determination is available. 
  

 January 2008 
 -17- 

 In general, it is expected that the Award Date will occur in 2011 and no later than the end of the second
quarter of that year, and that payment of a Final Award, if any, will be made as soon as practicable after the Award Date. Except as otherwise provided below, in no event will payment be made earlier than January 1, 2011 or later than
December 31, 2011, other than in unusual circumstances where a further delay thereafter would be permitted under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and if such a delay is permissible, as soon as practicable within such limits.

 In the event of Grantee’s death prior to the Award Date where Grantee has satisfied all of the conditions of Section 4.2, 4.3,
4.4 or 4.5 of the Agreement and otherwise meets all applicable criteria as set forth in the Agreement for consideration for an award, (a) the scheduled award-determination process will occur at the same time and in the same manner as set forth
above for grantees of 2008-2010 Incentive Performance Units who remain employees of the Corporation, provided that if the death occurs prior to 2010, the scheduled award-determination process will occur in the calendar year immediately following
Grantee’s death, and (b) payment of a Final Award, if any, will be made during the calendar year immediately following the year in which Grantee died if the death occurs on or prior to December 31, 2010, or in 2011 if Grantee dies in
2011, provided, that, in no event will payment occur later than December 31st of the calendar year so specified as the year for payment, other than in unusual circumstances where a further delay thereafter would be permitted under
Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and if such a delay is permissible, as soon as practicable within such limits. 
 Otherwise,
in the event that Grantee is no longer employed by the Corporation but has satisfied all of the conditions of Section 4.3, 4.4 or 4.5 of the Agreement and otherwise meets all applicable criteria as set forth in the Agreement for consideration
for an award, (a) the scheduled award-determination process will occur at the same time and in the same manner as set forth above for grantees of 2008-2010 Incentive Performance Units who remain employees of the Corporation, generally in 2011
during the first quarter of that year, and (b) once the Committee has made its award determination, payment of a Final Award, if any, will be made as soon as practicable after the Award Date, provided, that, in no event will
payment be made earlier than January 1, 2011 or later than December 31, 2011, other than in unusual circumstances where a further delay thereafter would be permitted under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and if such a delay
is permissible, as soon as practicable within such limits. 
 (c) Dividend Record Dates. In the event that one or more record dates
for dividends on PNC common stock occur after December 31, 2010 (or, in the event of Grantee’s death prior to 2010, after the end of the applicable Performance Period) but before the date the Final Award, if any, is paid pursuant to this
Section 7.1, PNC will make a cash payment to Grantee in an amount equivalent to the amount of the dividends Grantee would have received had the number of Share Units specified in the Final Award, if any, been that number of shares of PNC common
stock and had such shares 

  

 January 2008 
 -18- 

 
been issued and outstanding on January 1, 2011 (or, in the event of Grantee’s death prior to 2010, on the January 1st immediately following the last day of the applicable Performance Period) and had remained outstanding on the record date or dates for such dividends. Any such
payment will be made at the same time as payment of the Final Award, if any. 
 (d) Disputes. If there is a dispute regarding payment
of the Final Award, PNC will settle the undisputed portion of the award, if any, within the time frame set forth above in this Section 7.1, and will settle any remaining portion as soon as practicable after such dispute is finally resolved but
in any event within the time period permitted under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. 
 7.2 Delivery of Final Award
Determined by Section 6. If a Final Award is deemed to be made pursuant to Section 6 rather than determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2, the Final Award is fully vested as of the date of the Change in Control. The
size of the Final Award in Share Units will be calculated as of the date of the Change in Control once the final data necessary for the award determination is available, and the Final Award will be paid as set forth below. 
 (a) Timing. Payment of the Final Award will be made by PNC at the time set forth in subsection (a)(1) of this Section 7.2 unless payment at
such time would be a noncompliant payment under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and otherwise, at the time set forth in subsection (a)(2) of this Section 7.2, in either case as further described below. 
 (1) If, under the circumstances, the Change in Control is a permissible payment event under
Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, payment of the Final Award will be made by PNC as soon as practicable after the date the Change in Control occurs and the amount of the Final Award is determinable and determined in accordance with
Section 6, but in no event later than December 31st of the calendar year in which the Change in Control occurs or, if later, by the 15
th day of the third calendar month following the date on which the Change in Control occurs, other than in unusual circumstances where a further
delay thereafter would be permitted under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and if such a delay is permissible, as soon as practicable within such limits. 
 (2) If, under the circumstances, payment at the time of the Change in Control would not comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, then payment will be made as soon as practicable after
January 1, 2011, but in no event later than December 31, 2011. 
 (b) Form of Payment. 
 (1) If, under the circumstances, the Change in Control is a permissible payment event under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and payment of
the Final Award is made at the time specified in Section 7.2(a)(1), then the Final Award will 

  

 January 2008 
 -19- 

 
be settled in Shares and cash Share-equivalents in the same proportions as specified in Section 7.1(a) for Committee-determined awards, except that
payment will be made entirely in cash if so provided in the circumstances pursuant to Section 9.2. 
 In the event that one or more
record dates for dividends on PNC common stock occur on or after the date of the Change in Control but before the date the Final Award is paid pursuant to Section 7.2(a)(1), PNC will also make a cash payment to Grantee in an amount equivalent
to the amount of the dividends Grantee would have received had the number of Share Units specified in the Final Award been that number of shares of PNC common stock and had such shares been issued and outstanding on the date of the Change in Control
and remained outstanding on the record date or dates for such dividends. Any such payment will be made at the same time as payment of the Final Award, and will be applicable only in the event that the Change in Control is a permissible payment event
under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and payment of the Final Award is made at the time specified in Section 7.2(a)(1). 
 (2) If, under the circumstances, payment at the time of the Change in Control would not comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and payment of the Final Award is made at the time specified in Section 7.2(a)(2), then
the Final Award will be paid entirely in cash and will be in an amount equal to the base amount described below in subsection (A) of this Section 7.2(b)(2) plus the phantom investment amount described below in subsection (B) of
this Section 7.2(b)(2). 
 (A) The base amount will be an amount equal to the number of Share Units specified in the Final Award
multiplied by the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 15.25) of a share of PNC common stock on the date of the Change in Control or as otherwise provided in Section 9, if applicable. 
 (B) The phantom investment amount will be either (i) or (ii), whichever is larger: (i) interest on the base amount described in
Section 7.2(b)(2)(A) from the date of the Change in Control through the payment date at the short-term, mid-term or long-term Federal rate under Internal Revenue Code Section 1274 (b)(2)(B), as applicable depending on the term until
payment, compounded semi-annually; or (ii) a phantom investment amount with respect to said base amount that reflects, if positive, the performance of the PNC stock or other consideration received by a PNC common shareholder in the Change in
Control transaction, with dividends reinvested in such stock, from the date of the Change in Control through the payment date. PNC may, at its option, provide other phantom investment alternatives in addition to those referenced in the preceding
sentence and may permit Grantee to make a phantom investment election from among such alternatives under and in accordance with procedures established by PNC, but any such alternatives must provide for at least the two phantom investments set forth
in Section 7.2(b)(2)(B)(i) and (ii) at a minimum. The phantom investment amount will be applicable only in the event that payment at the time of the Change in Control would not comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and
thus payment is made at the time specified in Section 7.2(a)(2) rather than at the time specified in Section 7.2(a)(1). 
  

 January 2008 
 -20- 

 (c) Disputes. If there is a dispute regarding payment of the Final Award, PNC will settle the
undisputed portion of the award, if any, within the time frame set forth in the applicable subsection of Section 7.2(a), and will settle any remaining portion as soon as practicable after such dispute is finally resolved but in any event within
the time period permitted under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. 
 7.3 Final Award Fully Vested. The Final Award, if
any, will be fully vested at the Committee-determined Award Date or as of the date of the Change in Control, as applicable. Any Shares issued pursuant to this Section 7 will be fully vested at the time of issuance, and PNC will issue such
Shares and deliver any cash payable pursuant to this Section 7 to, or at the proper direction of, Grantee or Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, at the time specified in the applicable subsection
of Section 7.2. 
 No fractional shares will be issued. If a Final Award is payable in Shares and includes a fractional interest, such
fractional interest will be liquidated on the basis of the then current Fair Market Value of PNC common stock and paid to Grantee or Grantee’s legal representative in cash at the time the Shares are issued. 
 In the event that Grantee is deceased, payment will be delivered to the executor or administrator of Grantee’s estate or to Grantee’s other
legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee. 
 7.4 Termination of Grant as to Any Unawarded Performance Units.
Once an award determination has been made by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 or a Final Award is deemed to have been made by virtue of the application of Section 6, the share-denominated incentive award opportunity represented by
this Grant of Performance Units will terminate as to any portion of the Performance Units not so awarded. 
 Termination of all or a portion
of the Grant pursuant to this Section 7.4, or pursuant to Section 4, if applicable, will in no way affect Grantee’s covenants or the other provisions of Sections 16 and 17. 
 8. No Rights as Shareholder until Final Award and Issuance of Shares. Grantee will have no rights as a shareholder by virtue of this Grant unless
and until a Final Award, if any, is made and Shares are issued and delivered in settlement of all or a portion of such Final Award, if any. 
 9. Capital Adjustments. 
 9.1 Except as otherwise provided in Section 9.2, if applicable, in the event that a corporate
transaction or transactions (including, without limitation, stock dividends, stock splits, spin-offs, split-offs, recapitalizations, mergers, consolidations or reorganizations of or by PNC (each, a “Corporate Transaction”)) occur prior to
the time a Final Award, if any, is paid, the Committee shall make those adjustments, if any, in the 

  

 January 2008 
 -21- 

 
number, class or kind of the Target Share Units that it deems appropriate in its discretion to reflect the Corporate Transaction(s) such that the rights of
Grantee are neither enlarged nor diminished as a result of such Corporate Transaction or Transactions, including without limitation (a) measuring the value per Share Unit of any share-denominated award authorized for payment to Grantee by
reference to the per share value of the consideration payable to a PNC common shareholder in connection with such Corporate Transaction or Transactions, and (b) authorizing payment of the entire Final Award, if any, in cash at the time
otherwise specified in Section 7. 
 All determinations hereunder shall be made by the Committee in its sole discretion and shall be
final, binding and conclusive for all purposes on all parties, including without limitation Grantee. 
 9.2 Upon the occurrence of a Change
in Control (or during the period after the occurrence of a CIC Triggering Event and before such triggering event results in a Change in Control or a CIC Failure of such event occurs), (a) the number, class and kind of the Target Share Units
will automatically be adjusted to reflect the same changes as are made to outstanding shares of PNC common stock generally, (b) the value per Share Unit of any share-denominated award that is deemed to be awarded to Grantee in accordance with
Section 6 will be measured by reference to the per share value of the consideration payable to a PNC common shareholder in connection with such Corporate Transaction or Transactions, and (c) if the effect of the Corporate Transaction or
Transactions on a PNC common shareholder is to convert that shareholder’s holdings into consideration that does not consist solely (other than as to a minimal amount) of shares of PNC common stock, then the value of an award to Grantee pursuant
to Section 6 will be payable solely in cash at the time otherwise specified by Section 7. 
 10. Prohibitions Against Sale,
Assignment, etc.; Payment to Legal Representative. 
 (a) The Grant of Performance Units made hereunder may not be sold, assigned,
transferred, exchanged, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered. 
 (b) If Grantee is deceased at the time any Final Award authorized
by this Agreement is to be paid, such payment shall be made to the executor or administrator of Grantee’s estate or to Grantee’s other legal representative as determined in good faith by the Committee. 
 (c) Any delivery of Shares or other payment made in good faith by PNC to Grantee’s executor, administrator or other legal representative shall
extinguish all right to payment hereunder. 
 11. Withholding Taxes; Payment Upon Inclusion Under Section 409A. 
 Where Grantee has not previously satisfied all applicable withholding tax obligations, PNC will, at the time the tax withholding obligation arises in
connection 

  

 January 2008 
 -22- 

 
herewith, retain an amount sufficient to satisfy the minimum amount of taxes then required to be withheld by the Corporation in connection therewith from any
Final Award then payable to Grantee. To the extent that any portion of a Final Award is payable in the form of cash, the Corporation will withhold first from such cash portion of the award and, if that is not sufficient or if there is no such cash
portion, the Corporation will then retain whole shares of PNC common stock from the portion of any Final Award that is payable in the form of Shares, until such withholdings in the aggregate are sufficient to satisfy such minimum required
withholding obligations. 
 For purposes of this Section 11, shares of PNC common stock retained to satisfy applicable withholding tax
requirements will be valued at their Fair Market Value on the date the tax withholding obligation arises. 
 PNC will not retain more than
the number of Shares sufficient to satisfy the minimum amount of taxes then required to be withheld in connection with the Final Award after any cash portion of the award has already been withheld for such purpose. If Grantee desires to have an
additional amount withheld above the required minimum, up to Grantee’s W-4 obligation if higher, and if PNC so permits, Grantee may elect to satisfy this additional withholding by payment of cash. If Grantee’s W-4 obligation does not
exceed the required minimum withholding in connection with the Final Award, no additional withholding may be made. 
 It is the intention of
the parties that the Grant and the Agreement comply with the provisions of Section 409A to the extent, if any, that such provisions are applicable to the Agreement. In the event that, notwithstanding such intention, the arrangement fails to
meet the requirements of Section 409A and the regulations promulgated thereunder, then PNC may at that time permit the acceleration of the time for payment to Grantee under the Agreement notwithstanding any of the other provisions of the
Agreement, but any such accelerated payment may not exceed the amount required to be included in Grantee’s income as a result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Section 409A and the regulations promulgated thereunder. For
purposes of this provision, an amount will be deemed to have been included in Grantee’s income if the amount is timely reported on Form W-2 or Form 1099-MISC, as appropriate. 
 12. Employment. Neither the Grant of Performance Units nor the calculation, determination and payment of any Final Award hereunder nor any term or
provision of the Agreement shall constitute or be evidence of any understanding, expressed or implied, on the part of PNC or any subsidiary to employ Grantee for any period or in any way alter Grantee’s status as an employee at will.

 13. Subject to the Plan and the Committee. In all respects the Grant and the Agreement are subject to the terms and conditions of
the Plan, which has been made available to Grantee and is incorporated herein by reference; provided, however, the terms of the Plan shall not be considered an enlargement of any benefits under the Agreement. Further, the Grant and the
Agreement are subject to any interpretation of, and any rules and regulations issued by, the Committee or its delegate or under the authority of the Committee, whether made or issued before or after the Grant Date. 
  

 January 2008 
 -23- 

 14. Headings; Entire Agreement. Headings used in the Agreement are provided for reference and
convenience only, shall not be considered part of the Agreement, and shall not be employed in the construction of the Agreement. 
 The
Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between Grantee and PNC, and supersedes all other discussions, negotiations, correspondence, representations, understandings and agreements between the parties, with respect to the subject matter hereof.

 15. Certain Definitions. Except where the context otherwise indicates, the following definitions apply for purposes of the
Agreement. 
 15.1 “Adjusted Target Share Units” means the number of Share Units equal to the Target Share Units as adjusted
for the addition of all Dividend Adjustment Share Units accrued through the date specified by the Agreement, which will be December 31, 2010 unless an earlier date is specified by the Agreement (e.g., in the case of a qualifying
retirement or a Change in Control prior to December 31, 2010). 
 15.2 “Annual Peer Group” or “Peer
Group” means the group of financial institutions, including PNC, designated by the Committee pursuant to Section 3.2 as PNC’s Peer Group for a given year. A member of the Peer Group is sometimes referred to as a
“Peer”. 
 15.3 “Annual Potential Payout Percentage.” The Annual Potential Payout Percentage for a given
full covered year within the Performance Period (i.e., for 2008, 2009 or 2010) is the percentage determined by taking the average of the potential payout percentages achieved for that year by PNC with respect to the levels of EPS Growth
performance and ROCE performance, respectively, achieved by PNC relative to the levels of EPS Growth performance and ROCE performance, respectively, of the other Peer Group members as determined in accordance with the Annual Potential Payout
Calculation Schedule applicable for that year, rounded to the nearest one-hundredth percent. 
 Where the Agreement requires the calculation
of an Annual Potential Payout Percentage for a given period that is less than a full year (sometimes referred to as a “partial year” or a “limited year” or “limited period”), then the Annual Potential Payout Percentage
for that covered period is sometimes referred to as a “Limited-Year Annual Potential Payout Percentage”. 
 A
“Limited-Year Annual Potential Payout Percentage” will be calculated in the same manner as the Annual Potential Payout Percentage for a full covered year except that it will be based on measurements of EPS Growth performance and
ROCE performance with respect to PNC and the other Peers for, or with respect to, the year-to-date 

  

 January 2008 
 -24- 

 
period (using full quarters only) beginning on January 1 of the given partial year and ending on the performance measurement date specified by the
Agreement, and will be measured for PNC and for those other Peers that are remaining by the end of that limited period. 
 15.4
“Annual Potential Payout Calculation Schedule” for a given full or partial covered year means the schedule established by the Committee pursuant to Section 3.2 as applicable for that year that determines the method by which the
Annual Potential Payout Percentage will be calculated for that year, or for the relevant portion of that year if a partial or limited year calculation is required by the Agreement, based on the levels of EPS Growth performance and ROCE performance
achieved by PNC relative to the EPS Growth performance and ROCE performance of the other Peers remaining by the end of the relevant period. 
 15.5 “Award Date” means: (1) the date on which the Committee makes its determination as to whether or not it will authorize an award, and if so, as to the size of the Final Award, if any, it authorizes pursuant to
Section 5.2 within the permitted Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount determined in accordance with the Agreement (sometimes referred to as the “Committee-determined Award Date”); or (2) if a Change in Control has
occurred and Grantee is deemed to have been awarded a Final Award pursuant to Section 6, the Award Date will be the date the Change in Control occurs (sometimes referred to as the “Change-in-Control-determined Award Date”).

 15.6 “Board” means the Board of Directors of PNC. 
 15.7 “Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount” means the maximum size of the award, denominated as a specified number of Share Units,
that the Committee may award to Grantee based on the degree to which the specified corporate Performance Criteria have been achieved by PNC and the applicable Annual Potential Payout Calculation Schedules established by the Committee and on
Grantee’s level of satisfaction, or deemed satisfaction, of the service requirements set forth in Section 4, including any limitations on the maximum potential payout amount that may apply in the circumstances (e.g., in the case of
a qualifying retirement). 
 15.8 “Cause”. 
 (a) “Cause” during a CIC Coverage Period. If a termination of Grantee’s employment with the Corporation occurs during a CIC Coverage Period, then, for purposes of the Agreement, “Cause”
means: 
 (i) the willful and continued failure of Grantee to substantially perform Grantee’s duties with the Corporation (other than any
such failure resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Grantee by the Board or the CEO which specifically identifies the manner in which the Board or the CEO
believes that Grantee has not substantially performed Grantee’s duties; or 
  

 January 2008 
 -25- 

 (ii) the willful engaging by Grantee in illegal conduct or gross misconduct that is materially and
demonstrably injurious to PNC or any of its subsidiaries. 
 For purposes of the preceding clauses (i) and (ii), no act or failure to
act, on the part of Grantee, shall be considered willful unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by Grantee in bad faith and without reasonable belief that Grantee’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Corporation. Any act, or
failure to act, based upon the instructions or prior approval of the Board, the CEO, or Grantee’s superior or based upon the advice of counsel for the Corporation, shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by Grantee in
good faith and in the best interests of the Corporation. 
 The cessation of employment of Grantee will be deemed to be a termination of
Grantee’s employment with the Corporation for Cause for purposes of the Agreement only if and when there shall have been delivered to Grantee, as part of the notice of Grantee’s termination, a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the
affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board, at a Board meeting called and held for the purpose of considering such termination, finding on the basis of clear and convincing evidence that, in the good faith
opinion of the Board, Grantee is guilty of conduct described in clause (i) or clause (ii) above and, in either case, specifying the particulars thereof in detail. Such resolution shall be adopted only after (1) reasonable notice of
such Board meeting is provided to Grantee, together with written notice that PNC believes that Grantee is guilty of conduct described in clause (i) or clause (ii) above and, in either case, specifying the particulars thereof in detail, and
(2) Grantee is given an opportunity, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board. 
 (b) “Cause” other than during
a CIC Coverage Period. If a termination of Grantee’s employment with the Corporation occurs other than during a CIC Coverage Period, then, for purposes of the Agreement, “Cause” means: 
 (i) the willful and continued failure of Grantee to substantially perform Grantee’s duties with the Corporation (other than any such failure
resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Grantee by PNC that specifically identifies the manner in which it is believed that Grantee has not substantially
performed Grantee’s duties; 
 (ii) a material breach by Grantee of (1) any code of conduct of PNC or any code of conduct of a
subsidiary of PNC that is applicable to Grantee or (2) other written policy of PNC or other written policy of a subsidiary of PNC that is applicable to Grantee, in either case required by law or established to maintain compliance with
applicable law; 
 (iii) any act of fraud, misappropriation, material dishonesty, or embezzlement by Grantee against PNC or any of its
subsidiaries or any client or customer of PNC or any of its subsidiaries; 
  

 January 2008 
 -26- 

 (iv) any conviction (including a plea of guilty or of nolo contendere) of Grantee for, or entry by
Grantee into a pre-trial disposition with respect to, the commission of a felony; or 
 (v) entry of any order against Grantee, by any
governmental body having regulatory authority with respect to the business of PNC or any of its subsidiaries, that relates to or arises out of Grantee’s employment or other service relationship with the Corporation. 
 The cessation of employment of Grantee will be deemed to have been a termination of Grantee’s employment with the Corporation for Cause for purposes
of the Agreement only if and when the CEO or his or her designee (or, if Grantee is the CEO, the Board) determines that Grantee is guilty of conduct described in clause (i), (ii) or (iii) above or that an event described in clause
(iv) or (v) above has occurred with respect to Grantee and, if so, determines that the termination of Grantee’s employment with the Corporation will be deemed to have been for Cause. 
 15.9 “CEO” means the chief executive officer of PNC. 
 15.10 “Change in Control” means a change of control of PNC of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any
similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act, whether or not PNC is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided, however, that without limitation, a Change in Control will be deemed to have
occurred if: 
 (a) any Person, excluding employee benefits plans of the Corporation, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules
13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act or any successor provisions thereto), directly or indirectly, of securities of PNC representing twenty percent (20%) or more of the combined voting power of PNC’s then outstanding securities;
provided, however, that such an acquisition of beneficial ownership representing between twenty percent (20%) and forty percent (40%), inclusive, of such voting power will not be considered a Change in Control if the Board approves such
acquisition either prior to or immediately after its occurrence; 
 (b) PNC consummates a merger, consolidation, share exchange, division or
other reorganization or transaction of PNC (a “Fundamental Transaction”) with any other corporation, other than a Fundamental Transaction that results in the voting securities of PNC outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing
to represent (either by remaining outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least sixty percent (60%) of the combined voting power immediately after such Fundamental Transaction of (i) PNC’s
outstanding securities, (ii) the surviving entity’s outstanding securities, or (iii) in the case of a division, the outstanding securities of each entity resulting from the division; 
  

 January 2008 
 -27- 

 (c) the shareholders of PNC approve a plan of complete liquidation or winding-up of PNC or an agreement
for the sale or disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of PNC’s assets; 
 (d) as a result of a proxy contest, individuals who prior to the conclusion thereof constituted
the Board (including for this purpose any new director whose election or nomination for election by PNC’s shareholders in connection with such proxy contest was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds ( 2/3rds) of the directors then still in office who were directors prior to such proxy contest) cease to constitute at least a
majority of the Board (excluding any Board seat that is vacant or otherwise unoccupied); 
 (e) during any period of twenty-four (24) consecutive months, individuals who at the beginning of such period constituted the Board (including for this purpose any new director whose election or nomination for
election by PNC’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds ( 2/3rds) of the directors then still in
office who were directors at the beginning of such period) cease for any reason to constitute at least a majority of the Board (excluding any Board seat that is vacant or otherwise unoccupied); or 
 (f) the Board determines that a Change in Control has occurred. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a divestiture or spin-off of a subsidiary or division of PNC or any of its subsidiaries shall not by itself constitute a Change in Control. 
 15.11 “CIC Coverage Period” means a period (a) commencing on the earlier to occur of (i) the date of a CIC Triggering Event
and (ii) the date of a Change in Control and (b) ending on the date that is three (3) years after the date of the Change in Control; provided, however, that in the event that a CIC Coverage Period commences on the date
of a CIC Triggering Event, such CIC Coverage Period will terminate upon the earlier to occur of (x) the date of a CIC Failure and (y) the date that is three (3) years after the date of the Change in Control triggered by the CIC
Triggering Event. After the termination of any CIC Coverage Period, another CIC Coverage Period will commence upon the earlier to occur of clause (a)(i) and clause (a)(ii) in the preceding sentence. 
 15.12 “CIC Failure” means the following: 
 (a) with respect to a CIC Triggering Event described in Section 15.14(a), PNC’s shareholders vote against the transaction approved by the Board or the agreement to consummate the transaction is terminated;
or 
 (b) with respect to a CIC Triggering Event described in Section 15.14(b), the proxy contest fails to replace or remove a majority
of the members of the Board. 
 15.13 “CIC Payout Percentage” has the meaning set forth in Section 6.1(a)(iv).

  

 January 2008 
 -28- 

 15.14 “CIC Triggering Event” means the occurrence of either of the following:

 (a) the Board or PNC’s shareholders approve a transaction described in Subsection (b) of the definition of Change in Control
contained in Section 15.10; or 
 (b) the commencement of a proxy contest in which any Person seeks to replace or remove a majority of
the members of the Board. 
 15.15 “Committee” means the Personnel and Compensation Committee of the Board or such person or
persons as may be designated or appointed by that committee as its delegate or designee. 
 15.16 “Competitive Activity”
means any participation in, employment by, ownership of any equity interest exceeding one percent (1%) in, or promotion or organization of, any Person other than PNC or any of its subsidiaries (a) engaged in business activities similar to
some or all of the business activities of PNC or any subsidiary as of Grantee’s Termination Date or (b) engaged in business activities which Grantee knows PNC or any subsidiary intends to enter within the first twelve (12) months
after Grantee’s Termination Date or, if later and if applicable, after the date specified in clause (ii) of Section 15.19(a), in either case whether Grantee is acting as agent, consultant, independent contractor, employee, officer,
director, investor, partner, shareholder, proprietor or in any other individual or representative capacity therein. 
 15.17
“Consolidated Subsidiary” means a corporation, bank, partnership, business trust, limited liability company or other form of business organization that (1) is a consolidated subsidiary of PNC under generally accepted accounting
principles and (2) satisfies the definition of “service recipient” under Section 409A. 
 15.18
“Corporation” means PNC and its Consolidated Subsidiaries. 
 15.19 “Detrimental Conduct” means:

 (a) Grantee has engaged, without the prior written consent of PNC (with consent to
be given at PNC’s sole discretion), in any Competitive Activity in the continental United States at any time during the period commencing on Grantee’s Termination Date and extending through (and including) the first (1st) anniversary of the later of (i) Grantee’s Termination Date and, if different, (ii) the first date after Grantee’s Termination Date
as of which Grantee ceases to be engaged by the Corporation in any capacity for which Grantee receives compensation from the Corporation, including but not limited to acting for compensation as a consultant, independent contractor, employee,
officer, director or advisory director; 
 (b) any act of fraud, misappropriation, or embezzlement by Grantee against PNC or one of its
subsidiaries or any client or customer of PNC or one of its subsidiaries; or 
  

 January 2008 
 -29- 

 (d) any conviction (including a plea of guilty or of nolo contendere) of Grantee for, or any entry
by Grantee into a pre-trial disposition with respect to, the commission of a felony that relates to or arises out of Grantee’s employment or other service relationship with the Corporation. 
 Grantee will be deemed to have engaged in Detrimental Conduct for purposes of the Agreement only if and when the Committee or its delegate (if Grantee
was an “executive officer” of PNC as defined in SEC Regulation S-K when he or she ceased to be an employee of the Corporation) or the CEO (if Grantee was not such an executive officer) determines that Grantee has engaged in conduct
described in clause (a) or clause (b) above or that an event described in clause (c) above has occurred with respect to Grantee, and, if so, determines that Grantee will be deemed to have engaged in Detrimental Conduct. 
 15.20 “Disabled” or “Disability” means, except as may otherwise be required by Section 409A, that Grantee either
(i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12
months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving (and has received for at
least three months) income replacement benefits under any Corporation-sponsored disability benefit plan. If Grantee has been determined to be eligible for Social Security disability benefits, Grantee shall be presumed to be Disabled as defined
herein. 
 15.21 “Dividend Adjustment Share Units.” Once the Agreement has become effective in accordance with
Section 20, for each PNC common stock cash dividend payment date that occurs during the period from and after the Grant Date through and including December 31, 2010 (or, if earlier and if so required by the Agreement, through the date so
specified by the Agreement), there will be added, subject to any applicable Plan limits, as of that dividend payment date to the number of Adjusted Target Share Units a number of Share Units (including fractional Share Units computed to six decimal
places) equal to (i) the amount of the cash dividends that would have been paid on that dividend payment date on the target number of share units, as adjusted for all previous additions to such target number pursuant to this Section 15.21
up to that date, had each such Share Unit been an issued and outstanding share of PNC common stock on the record date for such dividend, divided by (ii) the Fair Market Value of a share of PNC common stock on that dividend payment date.

 Cumulatively, these additional Share Units are referred to as the “Dividend Adjustment Share Units”, and the Target Share
Units as adjusted for the addition of all accrued Dividend Adjustment Share Units are referred to as the “Adjusted Target Share Units”. 
 15.22 “EPS” for PNC or another Peer, for purposes of the Agreement, is calculated, for a given full year or shorter 3, 6, or 9 month period, as: (a) the publicly-reported 

  

 January 2008 
 -30- 

 
diluted earnings per share of such Peer for that year (or shorter 3, 6, or 9 month period) prepared in accordance with GAAP; then (b) adjusted, where
applicable, on an after-tax basis, for the impact of any item for which such impact was the result of a change in tax law, for the impact of any extraordinary items, discontinued operations, acquisition costs and merger integration costs, certain
Visa-related items (as described below), and stock splits (whether in the form of a stock split or a stock dividend), and, in the case of PNC only, for the net impact of PNC’s BlackRock LTIP shares obligation (as described below), all as
determined on the basis of publicly-reported financial information. 
 All of the preceding terms, other than acquisition costs and merger
integration costs, certain Visa-related items, and PNC’s BlackRock LTIP shares obligation, where applicable, will have the meanings assigned to such terms in accordance with GAAP. All after-tax adjustments for PNC and for all other Peers will
be calculated using the same methodology for making such adjustments on an after-tax basis. EPS, as used in the Agreement, will include adjustments, where otherwise applicable, for the impact of any item for which such impact was the result of a
change in tax law, for the impact of any acquisition costs and merger integration costs and certain Visa-related items (as described below), and, in the case of PNC only, for the net impact of PNC’s BlackRock LTIP shares obligation (as
described below) only where such amounts, including with respect to PNC, can be reasonably determined from publicly-disclosed financial information. EPS will be rounded to the nearest one cent (e.g., $0.00, with $0.005 being rounded upward to
$0.01). 
 “Certain Visa-related items” for PNC or another Peer will mean, as applicable, (1) the expenses or charges
recorded by PNC or another Peer that is a financial institution member of Visa U.S.A. Inc. card association or its affiliates (“Visa”) for obligations to Visa with respect to the costs of specified litigation or the gains / reversal
of expense recognized by PNC or such other Peer in connection with the satisfaction of such obligations and (2) any other gains recognized by PNC or such other Peer on the redemption or sale of their Visa shares with proceeds of Visa’s
initial public offering. 
 “PNC’s BlackRock LTIP shares obligation” will mean the net impact of PNC’s obligation
to fund BlackRock long-term incentive programs (including both charges or credits for the mark-to-market of the obligation and gains or losses on the transfer of shares in satisfaction of such obligation). 
 The Committee may, in its discretion, direct management to provide additional information to the Committee on the impact that other specified
adjustments, applied on a consistent basis to the EPS of each member of the Peer Group, would have had on relative EPS Growth performance, but no such other adjustments will have the effect of increasing the Calculated Maximum Potential Payout
Amount or the Final Award. 
 15.23 “EPS Growth” or “EPS Growth performance” means, for purposes of the
Agreement for a given full covered year, with respect to each of PNC and each other Annual Peer Group member, the percentage obtained by (1) subtracting the EPS 

  

 January 2008 
 -31- 

 
(calculated as set forth in Section 15.22) of such Peer for the year immediately preceding the given year from the EPS (calculated as set forth in
Section 15.22) of such Peer for the given year, and (2) dividing the resulting number by the absolute value of the EPS (calculated as set forth in Section 15.22) of such Peer for such preceding year and rounding to the nearest one
cent, then (3) expressing the resulting amount as a percent, rounded to the nearest one-hundredth (e.g., 0.00%, with 0.005% being rounded upward to 0.01%). 
 Where the Agreement requires a measurement of EPS Growth with respect to PNC and the other Peers for a given covered period that is a partial rather than a full year, EPS Growth will be measured in the same manner as
set forth above but comparing the EPS (calculated as set forth in Section 15.22) of each such Peer for the year-to-date period of the given partial year (using full quarters only) to the EPS (calculated as set forth in Section 15.22) of
such Peer for the comparable period of the immediately preceding year. 
 15.24 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange
Act of 1934 as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. 
 15.25 “Fair Market Value” as it relates to
a share of PNC common stock as of any given date means the average of the reported high and low trading prices on the New York Stock Exchange (or such successor reporting system as PNC may select) for a share of PNC common stock on such date, or, if
no PNC common stock trades have been reported on such exchange for that day, the average of such prices on the next preceding day and the next following day for which there were reported trades. 
 15.26 “Final Award” means the amount, if any, (a) awarded to Grantee by the Committee in accordance with Section 5.2, or
(b) deemed to be awarded to Grantee pursuant to Section 6. The Final Award will be denominated as a specified number of Share Units and will be payable in accordance with Section 7, generally in Shares and cash Share-equivalents.

 15.27 “Final Potential Payout Percentage.” 
 Where a Final Award determination is made pursuant to Section 5, the term “Final Potential Payout Percentage” will have the meaning set forth in (a) or (b) below, whichever is
applicable in the circumstances. 
 (a) Where the Performance Period specified by the
applicable section of the Agreement is the full three-year period commencing January 1, 2008 through and including December 31, 2010, then the Final Potential Payout Percentage will be the percentage that is the average (but in no event
greater than 200%) of the Annual Potential Payout Percentages for the three full covered years in the Performance Period (i.e., one-third ( 1/3rd) of the sum of the annual percentages for the full years 2008, 2009 and 2010). If all of the Annual Potential Payout Percentages are 0%, then the Final Potential Payout Percentage will be 0%.

  

 January 2008 
 -32- 

 (b) Where the applicable performance measurement date specified by the Agreement is a quarter-end or
year-end date other than December 31, 2010, then the Final Potential Payout Percentage will be a Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage and will be calculated as set forth in Section 15.34. 
 Where a Final Award is deemed to be awarded pursuant to Section 6 by reason of the occurrence of a Change in Control, the payout calculation will be
as set forth in the applicable subsection of Section 6. 
 15.28 “GAAP” or “generally accepted accounting
principles” means accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 
 15.29 “Good Reason”
means: 
 (a) the assignment to Grantee of any duties inconsistent in any respect with Grantee’s position (including status, offices,
titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties or responsibilities immediately prior to either the CIC Triggering Event or the Change in Control, or any other action by the Corporation which results in a diminution in any respect in such
position, authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding for this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith that is remedied by the Corporation promptly after receipt of notice thereof given by Grantee;

 (b) a reduction by the Corporation in Grantee’s annual base salary as in effect on the Grant Date, as the same may be increased from
time to time; 
 (c) the Corporation’s requiring Grantee to be based at any office or location that is more than fifty (50) miles
from Grantee’s office or location immediately prior to either the CIC Triggering Event or the Change in Control; 
 (d) the failure by
the Corporation (i) to continue in effect any bonus, stock option or other cash or equity-based incentive plan or program in which Grantee participates immediately prior to either the CIC Triggering Event or the Change in Control that is
material to Grantee’s total compensation, unless a substantially equivalent arrangement (embodied in an ongoing substitute or alternative plan or program) has been made with respect to such plan or program, or (ii) to continue
Grantee’s participation in such plan or program (or in such substitute or alternative plan or program) on a basis at least as favorable, both in terms of the amount of benefits provided and the level of Grantee’s participation relative to
other participants, as existed immediately prior to the CIC Triggering Event or the Change in Control; or 
 (e) the failure by the
Corporation to continue to provide Grantee with benefits substantially similar to those received by Grantee under any of the Corporation’s pension (including, but not limited to, tax-qualified plans), life insurance, health, accident,
disability or other welfare plans or programs in which Grantee was participating, at costs substantially similar to those paid by Grantee, immediately prior to the CIC Triggering Event or the Change in Control. 
  

 January 2008 
 -33- 

 15.30 “Grant” means the grant, pursuant to Section 2, to Grantee of a
Share-denominated incentive award opportunity of Performance Units with the number of Target Share Units specified in the Agreement, subject to the corporate performance conditions, employment conditions, and other terms and conditions of the
Agreement and to the Plan. 
 15.31 “Grant Date” means the Grant Date set forth on page 1 of the Agreement, and is the date
as of which the Committee authorized the Grant of the Performance Units in accordance with the Plan. 
 15.32 “Grantee”
means the person to whom the Grant is made, and is identified as Grantee on page 1 of the Agreement. 
 15.33 “Internal Revenue
Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. 
 15.34 “Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage”. Where the Agreement
requires the calculation of a Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage and the applicable performance measurement date specified by the Agreement is a quarter-end date other than December 31st of 2008 or 2009, and thus the applicable Performance Period consists of one or more full years and/or a partial year, then the Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage will
be the percentage that is the weighted average of the Annual Potential Payout Percentages for the full years, if any, and the Limited-Year Annual Potential Payout Percentage for the partial year in the applicable limited Performance Period
calculated as follows: 
 (a) the sum of (i) four times the sum of the Annual Potential Payout Percentages for the full years in the
period, if any, and (ii) the number of full completed quarters in the partial year of the applicable limited Performance Period, times the Limited-Year Annual Potential Payout Percentage for that partial year; 
 divided by 
 (b) the total number of
quarters in the applicable limited Performance Period. 
 Where the Agreement requires
the calculation of a Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage and the applicable performance measurement date specified by the Agreement is December 31st of 2008 or 2009, and thus the applicable Performance Period consists of one or more full years (and no partial years), then the Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage will be the percentage that is the
average (but in no event greater than 200%) of the Annual Potential Payout Percentages for the covered years in the Performance Period (e.g., one-half ( 1/2) of the sum of the two annual percentages if the applicable Performance Period is limited to the full years 2008 and 2009). If all of the Annual Potential Payout Percentages are 0%, then
the Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage will be 0%. 
  

 January 2008 
 -34- 

 15.35 “Limited-Year Annual Potential Payout Percentage” has the meaning set forth in the
last two paragraphs of the definition of Annual Potential Payout Percentage in Section 15.3. 
 15.36 “Peer”. A member
of the Peer Group or Annual Peer Group, including PNC, is sometimes referred to as a “Peer”. 
 15.37 “Peer
Group” or “Annual Peer Group” is defined in Section 15.2. 
 15.38 “Performance Criteria”
means the corporate performance standards established by the Committee as the performance criteria for the Performance Units as set forth in Section 3.1. 
 15.39 “Performance measurement date” has the meaning set forth in Section 5.1 and refers to the last day of the relevant performance measurement period. 
 15.40 “Performance Period” means the period during which PNC’s corporate performance will be measured against the performance
standards established by the Committee pursuant to Section 3. The Performance Period will be the period commencing January 1, 2008 through (and including) the applicable performance measurement date specified in the Agreement. 

Subject to early termination or limitation where so indicated in the Agreement by specifying an earlier performance measurement date, the performance
measurement date will be December 31, 2010 and the Performance Period will be the period commencing January 1, 2008 through (and including) December 31, 2010. 
 If the Performance Period is terminated early or limited pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, it is sometimes referred to as the “limited
performance period”. The three full years in the full Performance Period (2008, 2009 and 2010), or, if applicable, the full and partial years in the limited performance period, are sometimes referred to as “covered years”.

 15.41 “Performance Units” means the Share-denominated incentive award opportunity of performance units granted to Grantee
in this Grant in accordance with Article 10.3 of the Plan. 
 15.42 “Person” has the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9)
of the Exchange Act and also includes any syndicate or group deemed to be a person under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act. 
 15.43
“Plan” means The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. 2006 Incentive Award Plan as amended from time to time. 
  

 January 2008 
 -35- 

 15.44 “PNC” means The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. 
 15.45 “Prorate” or “Prorated” means multiplying by a fraction, sometimes referred to as the “proration
factor”, not to exceed 1 and determined as follows. 
 If the Agreement specifies “prorating by years”, the
proration factor is the fraction equal to (a) the number of full years in the applicable Performance Period, (b) divided by three, which is the number of years in the full 3-year period from January 1, 2008 through December 31,
2010. 
 If the Agreement specifies “prorating by quarters”, the proration factor is the fraction equal to (a) the
number of full quarters in the applicable Performance Period, (b) divided by twelve, which is the number of quarters in the full 3-year period from January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2010. 
 15.46 “Qualifying Termination in Anticipation of a Change in Control.” Grantee’s termination of employment with the Corporation
will be deemed to have been a “Qualifying Termination in Anticipation of a Change in Control” for purposes of the Agreement if Grantee’s employment was terminated (other than by reason of Grantee’s death) by the
Corporation without Cause or by Grantee for Good Reason and the circumstances of such termination fall within one of the following: 
  

	 	(1)	such termination of employment by the Corporation without Cause or by Grantee for Good Reason occurred after the occurrence of a CIC Triggering Event but before such triggering
event resulted in a Change in Control or a CIC Failure of such event occurred; 

  

	 	(2)	such termination of employment was (a) by the Corporation without Cause, and (b) was either (i) at the request of a third party that had taken steps reasonably
calculated to effect a Change in Control or (ii) otherwise arose in anticipation of a Change in Control, and (c) a CIC Coverage Period commences (by reason of the occurrence of either a CIC Triggering Event or a Change in Control)
within three (3) months of Grantee’s Termination Date; or 

  

	 	(3)	such termination of employment was (a) by Grantee for Good Reason, and (b) the circumstance or event that constitutes Good Reason either (i) occurred at the
request of a third party that had taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change in Control or (ii) otherwise arose in anticipation of a Change in Control, and (c) a CIC Coverage Period commences (by reason of the occurrence
of either a CIC Triggering Event or a Change in Control) within three (3) months of Grantee’s Termination Date. 

  

 January 2008 
 -36- 

 If Grantee is relying on clause (2) or clause (3) to meet the condition of this definition,
Grantee will have the burden of proving that the requirements of such clause have been met and the standard of proof to be met by Grantee will be clear and convincing evidence. 
 For purposes of clause (2) and clause (3) of this Section 15.46 only, the definition of Change in Control in Section 15.10 will
exclude the proviso in Section 15.10(a). 
 15.47 “Retiree”. Grantee is sometimes referred to as a
“Retiree” if Grantee Retires, as defined in Section 15.48. 
 15.48 “Retires” or “Retirement”. Grantee “Retires” if his or her employment with the Corporation terminates (a) at any time on or after the first (1st) day of the first (1st) month coincident with or next following the
date on which Grantee attains age fifty-five (55) and completes five (5) years of service (where a year of service is determined in the same manner as the determination of a year of Vesting Service under the provisions of The PNC Financial
Services Group, Inc. Pension Plan) with the Corporation and (b) for a reason other than termination by reason of Grantee’s death or by the Corporation for Cause or, unless the Committee or its delegate determines otherwise, termination in
connection with a divestiture of assets or a divestiture of one or more subsidiaries. If Grantee “Retires” as defined herein, the termination of Grantee’s employment with the Corporation is sometimes referred to as
“Retirement”. 
 15.49 “ROCE” for PNC or another Peer, for purposes of the Agreement for a given full year
period, is calculated, on the basis of publicly-reported financial information, as the percentage obtained by (1) dividing (x) the annualized net income of such Peer, as adjusted, where applicable, on an after-tax basis, for the impact of
any item for which such impact was the result of a change in tax law, for the impact of any extraordinary items, discontinued operations, acquisition costs and merger integration costs, and certain Visa-related items (as described below), and, in
the case of PNC only, for the net impact of PNC’s BlackRock LTIP shares obligation (as described below), by (y) average annualized common shareholders’ equity, as adjusted by excluding the impact of any goodwill, and
(2) expressing the resulting amount as a percent, rounded to the nearest one-hundredth (e.g., 0.00%, with 0.005% being rounded upward to 0.01%). 
 Where the Agreement requires a measurement of ROCE with respect to PNC and the other Peers for a given period that is a partial rather than a full year, ROCE for purposes of the Agreement will be calculated in the
same manner as set forth above but using net income, as adjusted, for such 3, 6 or 9 month period in place of annualized net income, as adjusted, and using average common shareholders’ equity for that year-to-date period, as adjusted, in place
of average annualized common shareholders’ equity, as adjusted, all on the basis of publicly-reported financial information and all adjusted for the impact of the same items, if any, as set forth above, and expressed as a percent, rounded to
the nearest one-hundredth (e.g., 0.00%, with 0.005% being rounded upward to 0.01%). 
  

 January 2008 
 -37- 

 All of the preceding terms used in this definition of ROCE, other than acquisition costs and merger
integration costs, certain Visa-related items (as described below), and PNC’s BlackRock LTIP shares obligation (as described below), where applicable, will have the meanings assigned to such terms in accordance with GAAP. All after-tax
adjustments for PNC and for all other Peers will be calculated using the same methodology for making such adjustments on an after-tax basis. ROCE, as used in the Agreement, will include adjustments, where otherwise applicable, for the impact of any
item for which such impact was the result of a change in tax law, for the impact of any acquisition costs and merger integration costs and certain Visa-related items, and, in the case of PNC only, for the net impact of PNC’s BlackRock LTIP
shares obligation only where such amounts, including with respect to PNC, can be reasonably determined from publicly-disclosed financial information. 
 “Certain Visa-related items” for PNC or another Peer will mean, as applicable, (1) the expenses or charges recorded by PNC or another Peer that is a financial institution member of Visa U.S.A.
Inc. card association or its affiliates (“Visa”) for obligations to Visa with respect to the costs of specified litigation or the gains / reversal of expense recognized by PNC or such other Peer on the redemption or sale of their
Visa shares in connection with the satisfaction of such obligations and (2) any other gains recognized by PNC or such other Peer on the redemption or sale of their Visa shares with proceeds of Visa’s initial public offering. 
 “PNC’s BlackRock LTIP shares obligation” will mean the net impact of PNC’s obligation to fund BlackRock, Inc. long-term
incentive programs and will include both charges or credits for the mark-to-market of the obligation and gains or losses on the transfer of shares in satisfaction of such obligation. 
 The Committee may, in its discretion, direct management to provide additional information to the Committee on the impact that other specified
adjustments, applied on a consistent basis to the ROCE of each member of the Peer Group, would have had on relative ROCE performance, but no such other adjustments will have the effect of increasing the Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount or
the Final Award. 
 15.50 “ROCE performance” means, for purposes of the Agreement for a given full year period or shorter 3,
6 or 9 month period, with respect to each of PNC and each other Annual Peer Group member, the ROCE of each such Peer for such period, calculated as set forth in Section 15.49. 
 15.51 “Schedules” mean the Annual Peer Group and accompanying Annual Potential Payout Calculation Schedules established by the Committee
pursuant to Section 3.2 for 2008, 2009 and 2010. 
 15.52 “SEC” means the United States Securities and Exchange
Commission. 
 15.53 “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. 
  

 January 2008 
 -38- 

 15.54 “Share” means a share of PNC common stock. 
 15.55 “Target Share Units” means the number of Share Units specified on page 1 of the Agreement as Target Share Units, subject to
capital adjustments pursuant to Section 9, if any. 
 15.56 “Termination Date” means Grantee’s last date of
employment with the Corporation. If Grantee is employed by a Consolidated Subsidiary that ceases to be a subsidiary of PNC or ceases to be a consolidated subsidiary of PNC under generally accepted accounting principles and Grantee does not continue
to be employed by PNC or a Consolidated Subsidiary, then for purposes of the Agreement, Grantee’s employment with the Corporation terminates effective at the time this occurs. 
 16. Grantee Covenants. 
 16.1
General. Grantee and PNC acknowledge and agree that Grantee has received adequate consideration with respect to enforcement of the provisions of Sections 16 and 17 by virtue of receiving this Grant of an award opportunity of Performance
Units (regardless of whether a Final Award is ultimately determined and delivered or of the size of such Final Award, if any); that such provisions are reasonable and properly required for the adequate protection of the business of PNC and its
subsidiaries; and that enforcement of such provisions will not prevent Grantee from earning a living. 
 16.2 Non-Solicitation;
No-Hire. Grantee agrees to comply with the provisions of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 16.2 while employed by the Corporation and for a period of twelve (12) months after Grantee’s Termination Date regardless
of the reason for such termination of employment. 
 (a) Non-Solicitation. Grantee shall not, directly or indirectly, either for
Grantee’s own benefit or purpose or for the benefit or purpose of any Person other than PNC or any of its subsidiaries, solicit, call on, do business with, or actively interfere with PNC’s or any subsidiary’s relationship with, or
attempt to divert or entice away, any Person that Grantee should reasonably know (i) is a customer of PNC or any subsidiary for which PNC or any subsidiary provides any services as of the Termination Date, or (ii) was a customer of PNC or
any subsidiary for which PNC or any subsidiary provided any services at any time during the twelve (12) months preceding the Termination Date, or (iii) was, as of the Termination Date, considering retention of PNC or any subsidiary to
provide any services. 
 (b) No-Hire. Grantee shall not, directly or indirectly, either for Grantee’s own benefit or purpose or
for the benefit or purpose of any Person other than PNC or any of its subsidiaries, employ or offer to employ, call on, or actively interfere with PNC’s or any subsidiary’s relationship with, or attempt to divert or entice away, any
employee of PNC or any of its subsidiaries, nor shall Grantee assist any other Person in such activities. 
  

 January 2008 
 -39- 

 Notwithstanding the above, if Grantee’s employment with the Corporation is terminated by the
Corporation without Cause or by Grantee with Good Reason and such Termination Date occurs during a CIC Coverage Period (as defined in Section 15.11), then commencing immediately after such Termination Date, the provisions of subsections
(a) and (b) of this Section 16.2 shall no longer apply and will be replaced with the following subsection (c): 
 (c)
No-Hire. Grantee agrees that Grantee shall not, for a period of twelve (12) months after the Termination Date, employ or offer to employ, solicit, actively interfere with PNC’s or any PNC affiliate’s relationship with, or
attempt to divert or entice away, any officer of PNC or any PNC affiliate. 
 16.3 Confidentiality. During Grantee’s employment
with the Corporation, and thereafter regardless of the reason for termination of such employment, Grantee will not disclose or use in any way any confidential business or technical information or trade secret acquired in the course of such
employment, all of which is the exclusive and valuable property of the Corporation whether or not conceived of or prepared by Grantee, other than (a) information generally known in the Corporation’s industry or acquired from public
sources, (b) as required in the course of employment by the Corporation, (c) as required by any court, supervisory authority, administrative agency or applicable law, or (d) with the prior written consent of PNC. 
 16.4 Ownership of Inventions. Grantee shall promptly and fully disclose to PNC any and all inventions, discoveries, improvements, ideas or other
works of inventorship or authorship, whether or not patentable, that have been or will be conceived and/or reduced to practice by Grantee during the term of Grantee’s employment with the Corporation, whether alone or with others, and that are
(a) related directly or indirectly to the business or activities of PNC or any of its subsidiaries or (b) developed with the use of any time, material, facilities or other resources of PNC or any subsidiary (“Developments”).
Grantee agrees to assign and hereby does assign to PNC or its designee all of Grantee’s right, title and interest, including copyrights and patent rights, in and to all Developments. Grantee shall perform all actions and execute all instruments
that PNC or any subsidiary shall deem necessary to protect or record PNC’s or its designee’s interests in the Developments. The obligations of this Section 16.4 shall be performed by Grantee without further compensation and will
continue beyond Grantee’s Termination Date. 
 17. Enforcement Provisions. Grantee understands and agrees to the following
provisions regarding enforcement of the Agreement. 
 17.1 Governing Law and Jurisdiction. The Agreement is governed by and construed
under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without reference to its conflict of laws provisions. Any dispute or claim arising out of or relating to the Agreement or claim of breach hereof shall be brought exclusively in the federal court
for the Western District of Pennsylvania or in the Court of Common Pleas of Allegheny County, Pennsylvania. By execution of the Agreement, Grantee and PNC hereby consent 

  

 January 2008 
 -40- 

 
to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts, and waive any right to challenge jurisdiction or venue in such courts with regard to any suit, action, or
proceeding under or in connection with the Agreement. 
 17.2 Equitable Remedies. A breach of the provisions of any of Sections 16.2,
16.3 or 16.4 will cause the Corporation irreparable harm, and the Corporation will therefore be entitled to issuance of immediate, as well as permanent, injunctive relief restraining Grantee, and each and every person and entity acting in concert or
participating with Grantee, from initiation and/or continuation of such breach. 
 17.3 Tolling Period. If it becomes necessary or
desirable for the Corporation to seek compliance with the provisions of Section 16.2 by legal proceedings, the period during which Grantee shall comply with said provisions will extend for a period of twelve (12) months from the date the
Corporation institutes legal proceedings for injunctive or other relief. 
 17.4 No Waiver. Failure of PNC to demand strict compliance
with any of the terms, covenants or conditions of the Agreement will not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant or condition, nor will any waiver or relinquishment of any such term, covenant or condition on any occasion or on multiple occasions
be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such term, covenant or condition. 
 17.5 Severability. The restrictions and obligations
imposed by Sections 16.2, 16.3 and 16.4 are separate and severable, and it is the intent of Grantee and PNC that if any restriction or obligation imposed by any of these provisions is deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be void for any
reason whatsoever, the remaining provisions, restrictions and obligations will remain valid and binding upon Grantee. 
 17.6 Reform.
In the event any of Sections 16.2, 16.3 and 16.4 are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable because unreasonable either as to length of time or area to which said restriction applies, it is the intent of Grantee and PNC
that said court reduce and reform the provisions thereof so as to apply the greatest limitations considered enforceable by the court. 
 17.7
Waiver of Jury Trial. Each of Grantee and PNC hereby waives any right to trial by jury with regard to any suit, action or proceeding under or in connection with any of Sections 16.2, 16.3 and 16.4. 
 17.8 Applicable Law. Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement, PNC will not be required to comply with any term, covenant or condition of the
Agreement if and to the extent prohibited by law, including but not limited to federal banking and securities regulations, or as otherwise directed by one or more regulatory agencies having jurisdiction over PNC or any of its subsidiaries. Further,
to the extent, if any, applicable to Grantee, Grantee agrees to reimburse PNC for any amounts Grantee may be required to reimburse PNC or its subsidiaries pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and agrees that PNC need not
comply with any term, covenant or condition of 

  

 January 2008 
 -41- 

 
the Agreement to the extent that doing so would require that Grantee reimburse PNC or its subsidiaries for such amounts pursuant to Section 304 of the
Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. 
 17.9. Compliance with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. It is the intention of the parties that
the Grant and the Agreement comply with the provisions of Section 409A to the extent, if any, that such provisions are applicable to the Agreement, and the Agreement will be administered by PNC in a manner consistent with this intent.

 If any payments or benefits hereunder may be deemed to constitute nonconforming deferred compensation subject to taxation under the
provisions of Section 409A, Grantee agrees that PNC may, without the consent of Grantee, modify the Agreement to the extent and in the manner PNC deems necessary or advisable or take such other action or actions, including an amendment or
action with retroactive effect, that PNC deems appropriate in order either to preclude any such payments or benefits from being deemed “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A or to provide such payments or benefits
in a manner that complies with the provisions of Section 409A such that they will not be taxable thereunder. 
 18. Amendment to
2007-2009 Incentive Performance Units Agreement. The terms and conditions of the 2007-2009 Incentive Performance Units Agreement between Grantee and PNC are hereby amended as follows. 
 (1) Section 4.1 is amended by replacing the phrase in the last sentence of the fourth paragraph of that section that begins “except ...” and ends “...Agreement” with the following
phrase: “except that in the case of death, the determination and payment of said award, if any, shall be accelerated if so indicated in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 5 or Section 6, as applicable, and
Section 7.” 
 (2) Section 4.2 is amended by adding the following phrase to the end of the last sentence of the last paragraph of that
section: “and payable in accordance with Section 7”. 
 (3) Section 4.3 is amended by: replacing the phrase “that the Committee
may” in the proviso clause in the first paragraph of that section with the phrase “that PNC may”; deleting the phrase “by the Committee” in the first line of the second paragraph of that section; replacing the phrase
“eligible for consideration for a prorated award” in the third line of the second paragraph of that section with the phrase “eligible for Committee consideration of a prorated award”; deleting the phrase “by the
Committee” in the clause of the first sentence of the fourth paragraph of that section that begins “provided that ...”; replacing the phrase “Such award, if any, will be paid during the calendar year” at the beginning of
the last sentence of the fourth paragraph of that section with the phrase “Any such award determination will be made and such award, if any, will be calculated in accordance with Section 5.1(c) as described above but will be paid in
accordance with Section 7 during the calendar year”; and adding the phrase “and payable in accordance with Section 7” to the end of the last sentence of the last paragraph of that section. 
  

 January 2008 
 -42- 

 (4) Section 4.4 is amended by: replacing the phrase “that the Committee may” in the proviso clause in the
first paragraph of that section with the phrase “that PNC may”; deleting the phrase “by the Committee” in the clause of the first sentence of the fourth paragraph of that section that begins “provided that ...”;
replacing the phrase “Such award, if any, will be paid during the year” at the beginning of the last sentence of the fourth paragraph of that section with the phrase “Any such award determination will be made and such award, if any,
will be paid in accordance with Section 7 during the year”; and adding the phrase “and payable in accordance with Section 7” to the end of the last sentence of the last paragraph of that section. 
 (5) Section 4.5 is amended by deleting the phrase “by the Committee” from the first paragraph of that section, and by adding the following sentence to the
end of the third paragraph of that section: “Any such award will be payable in accordance with Section 7”. 
 (6) Section 5.1(b)(iii) is
amended by adding the phrase “will be a Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage and” after the phrase “the applicable Final Potential Payout Percentage” at the beginning of that subsection, and by adding the phrase
“specified above” after “applicable Performance Period” in the last line of that subsection. Section 5.1(b)(iv) is amended by inserting “Limited-Period” after the words “the applicable” at the beginning
of clause (x) of that subsection, and by adding the phrase “specified above” after “applicable Performance Period” in clause (y) of that subsection. 
 (7) Section 5.1(c) is amended by: replacing the phrase “by the Committee prior to the award date” in the first sentence of that Section 5.1(c) with the phrase “by PNC prior to the award
date”; by changing the section reference appearing in subsection 5.1(c)(iii) from “Section 15.35” to “Section 15.34” to correct the typographical error in the last line of that subsection; by replacing the phrase
“applicable Performance Period” in the last line of subsection 5.1(c)(iii) with the phrase “applicable limited Performance Period specified above”; and by replacing the phrase “through the applicable performance measurement
date)” at the end of subsection 5.1(c)(iv) with the phrase “through the quarter-end date that is the applicable performance measurement date specified above)”. 
 (8) Section 5.1(d) is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: 
 “(d) Disability. Except as set forth in the following paragraph, in the event that Grantee becomes Disabled prior to the regularly scheduled award date for non-exceptional circumstances in early 2010 but Grantee has met the
conditions for a qualifying disability termination set forth in Section 4.4 and the Grant has not been terminated by PNC prior to the award date pursuant to Section 4.4 for Detrimental Conduct and remains outstanding, PNC will present
information to the Committee for purposes of this Section 5.1 for consideration of an award on the same basis as that set forth in Section 5.1(a) for a continuing employee of the Corporation, together with such information as the Committee

  

 January 2008 
 -43- 

 
may request concerning the timing and circumstances of the disability. The scheduled award-determination period will occur in early 2010 as provided in
Section 7.1. 
 If Grantee dies after a qualifying disability termination but prior to the award date and the Grant
remains outstanding, Grantee will be eligible for consideration for an award at the time and up to the maximum amount of the award Grantee could have received had he or she died while an employee of the Corporation.” 
 (9) Section 5.2(a) is amended by combining the last two sentences of the first paragraph of that subsection into one sentence by replacing the first period with a
semicolon. 
 (10) Section 6 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: 
 “6. Change in Control Prior to a Committee-Determined Award Date. 
 6.1 Final Award Calculation. 
 Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control at any time prior to a Committee-determined Award Date pursuant to Section 5.2, (i) the Performance
Period, if not already ended, will be limited and will end on the last day of the last full quarter completed prior to the day the Change in Control occurs, or, if the Change in Control occurs on a quarter-end date, on the day the Change in Control
occurs, but in no event later than December 31, 2009, (ii) if Dividend Adjustment Share Units were otherwise still accruing at the time, no further Dividend Adjustment Share Units will accrue and be added to the number of Adjusted Target
Share Units after the last day of the Performance Period as so limited, and (iii) Grantee will be deemed to have been awarded a Final Award in an amount determined as set forth in this Section 6, payable to Grantee or Grantee’s legal
representative at the time and in the manner set forth in Section 7, provided that the Grant is outstanding as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day on which the Change in Control occurs and has not already terminated or been
terminated in accordance with the terms of Section 4. 
 If this Section 6 is applicable and a Final Award is deemed
to be awarded pursuant to Section 6, the day the Change in Control occurs will be considered the Award Date for purposes of the Agreement. This date is sometimes referred to in the Agreement as the “Change-in-Control-determined Award
Date” (as set forth in Section 15.5). 
 (a) Standard CIC Payout Calculation. Provided that Grantee is an
employee of the Corporation and the Grant is outstanding as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day on which the Change in Control occurs such that Grantee remains eligible for an award, Grantee’s Final Award will be determined as
follows: 
 (i) the applicable performance measurement date will be the last day of the last full quarter completed prior to
the day the Change in Control occurs, or, if the Change in Control occurs on a quarter-end date, the day the Change in Control occurs, but in no event later than December 31, 2009; 
  

 January 2008 
 -44- 

 (ii) the applicable Performance Period will be the period commencing on January 1,
2007 and ending on the applicable performance measurement date, and will consist of the full and partial years in that period; 
 (iii) the scheduled award-determination period will occur as soon as practicable after the occurrence of the Change in Control; and 
 (iv) a Final Award will be calculated in two parts (Part A and Part B), and the Final Award amount will be the sum of the amounts calculated for the Part A Award and the Part B Award as set forth below;
provided, however, that the Part B Award is subject to Section 6.3 and that the Part B Award is not applicable in the limited circumstance where the Change in Control occurs on or after December 31, 2009 and the Part A Award
is not prorated. 
 Part A Award: The Part A Award amount will be the number of Share Units equal to: 

(1) the “CIC Payout Percentage” (calculated as set forth below) of the Adjusted Target Share Units, with adjustments calculated through the
quarter-end date that is the applicable performance measurement date specified above, then, except where the Change in Control occurs on or after December 31, 2009 and therefore the applicable Performance Period covers a full three years,

 (2) prorated (as defined in Section 15.45) based on the number of full quarters in the applicable limited Performance Period
(i.e., in the period from January 1, 2007 through the quarter-end date that is the applicable performance measurement date specified above). 
 The “CIC Payout Percentage” will be (a) or (b) below, as applicable, (but in no event greater than 200%): 
 (a) if the Change in Control occurs prior to December 31, 2009, such that the Performance Period is less than three full years, the CIC Payout Percentage will be the higher of (1) 100% and (2) a
Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage calculated as set forth in Section 15.34 for the applicable limited Performance Period specified above; and 
  

 January 2008 
 -45- 

 (b) if the Change in Control occurs on or after December 31, 2009, the CIC Payout Percentage will be
the average of the Annual Potential Payout Percentages for the full years 2007, 2008 and 2009. 
 Part B Award: Subject
to Section 6.3, the Part B Award amount will be the number of Share Units equal to: 
 (1) 100% of the Adjusted Target Share Units, with
adjustments calculated through the quarter-end date that is the applicable performance measurement date specified above, multiplied by 
 (2)
the fraction equal to 1.00 minus the fraction used for the proration by quarters in the calculation of the Part A Award above. 
 If the calculation of the Part A Award above does not include a proration factor, the Part B Award will not be applicable. 
 If Grantee dies after the Change in Control occurs, Grantee’s Final Award determined pursuant to this Section 6.1(a) will be paid to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance
with Section 10. 
 (b) Death. If Grantee died while an employee of the Corporation and a Final Award
determination (either to award a specified amount or not to authorize any award) was made by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 prior to the Change in Control, no further or different award determination will be made pursuant to this
Section 6.1. 
 In the event the Grantee died while an employee of the Corporation and qualified for consideration for an
award pursuant to Section 4.2 but the Committee had not yet made an award determination (either to award a specified amount or not to authorize any award) with respect to Grantee at the time the Change in Control occurs such that Grantee
remains eligible for an award, then the scheduled award-determination period will occur as soon as practicable after the occurrence of the Change in Control, and the amount of Grantee’s Final Award (payable to Grantee’s legal
representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance with Section 10) will be determined on the following basis, as applicable. 
 (1) If Grantee died in the calendar year prior to the Change in Control but the Committee had not yet made an award determination (either to award a specified amount or not to authorize any award) with respect to
Grantee at the time the Change in Control occurs, Grantee’s Final Award will be in the amount of the Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount determined in the same manner as set forth in Section 5.1(b) but with no Committee discretion
to reduce the amount of the award. 
  

 January 2008 
 -46- 

 (2) If Grantee died in the same calendar year as the Change in Control, Grantee’s Final Award will
be in the amount of the award that would have been payable to Grantee pursuant to the calculations set forth in Section 6.1(a), but substituting a Part B Award of zero Share Units for any Part B Award amount calculated pursuant to that section,
had Grantee not died but had been an employee of the Corporation as of the end of day immediately preceding the day the Change in Control occurred. 
 (c) Qualifying Retirement. In the event that Grantee Retired prior to the day the Change in Control occurs but Grantee has met the conditions for a qualifying retirement termination set forth in
Section 4.3 and the Grant has not been terminated by PNC prior to the Change in Control pursuant to Section 4.3 for Detrimental Conduct and is outstanding as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day on which the Change in
Control occurs such that Grantee remains eligible for an award, Grantee’s Final Award will be in the amount of the lesser of: 
 (1) the Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount determined in the same manner as set forth in Section 5.1(c) but with no Committee discretion to reduce the amount of the award; and 
 (2) the amount of the award that would have been payable to Grantee pursuant to the calculations set forth in Section 6.1(a), but substituting a Part
B Award of zero Share Units for any Part B Award amount calculated pursuant to that section, had Grantee not Retired but had been an employee of the Corporation as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day the Change in Control occurred.

 The scheduled award-determination period will occur as soon as practicable after the occurrence of the Change in Control.

 If Grantee died while a qualified Retiree and a Final Award determination (either to award a specified amount or not to
authorize any award) was made by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 prior to the Change in Control, no further or different award determination will be made pursuant to this Section 6.1. 
 If no such Final Award determination was made prior to the Change in Control, Grantee’s Final Award determined pursuant to this
Section 6.1(c) will be paid to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance with Section 10. 
 (d) Disability. In the event that Grantee became Disabled and Grantee’s employment with the Corporation terminated prior to the day the Change in Control occurs but Grantee has met the conditions for a
qualifying disability termination set forth in Section 4.4 and the Grant has not been terminated by PNC prior to the Change in Control pursuant to Section 4.4 for Detrimental Conduct and is outstanding as of the end of the day immediately

  

 January 2008 
 -47- 

 
preceding the day on which the Change in Control occurs such that Grantee remains eligible for an award, Grantee’s Final Award will be in the amount of
the award that would have been payable to Grantee pursuant to the calculations set forth in Section 6.1(a), but substituting a Part B Award of zero Share Units for any Part B Award amount calculated pursuant to that section, had Grantee still
been an employee of the Corporation as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day the Change in Control occurred. The scheduled award-determination period will occur as soon as practicable after the occurrence of the Change in Control.

 If Grantee died while qualified to receive an award and a Final Award determination (either to award a specified amount or
not to authorize any award) was made by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 prior to the Change in Control, no further or different award determination will be made pursuant to this Section 6.1. If no such Final Award determination was
made prior to the Change in Control, Grantee’s Final Award (payable to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance with Section 10) will be an award determined in accordance with
Section 6.1(b) as if Grantee had died while an employee of the Corporation and prior to the Change in Control. 
 (e)
Qualifying Termination in Anticipation of a Change in Control. In the event that Grantee’s termination of employment satisfies all of the conditions set forth in Section 4.5 and Section 15.46 for a qualifying termination in
anticipation of a change in control such that the Grant is outstanding at the time the Change in Control occurs and Grantee remains eligible for an award, Grantee will receive a Final Award on the following basis, as applicable. 
 (1) If the Change in Control occurs within three (3) months of Grantee’s Termination Date, Grantee will receive a Final Award on the same basis
as a continuing employee of the Corporation as set forth in Section 6.1(a). 
 (2) If the Change in Control occurs more than three
(3) months after Grantee’s Termination Date but the Grant is outstanding because Grantee’s termination of employment qualifies under Section 4.5 and Section 15.46 by, among other conditions, having occurred after or within
three months prior to a CIC Triggering Event, Grantee will receive a Final Award on the same basis as a qualifying Retiree as set forth in Section 6.1(c). 
 If Grantee died while qualified to receive an award and a Final Award determination (either to award a specified amount or not to
authorize any award) was made by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 prior to the Change in Control, no further or different award determination will be made pursuant to this Section 6.1. If no such Final Award determination was made
prior to the Change in Control, Grantee’s Final Award (payable to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance with Section 10) will 

  

 January 2008 
 -48- 

 
be the same amount as the Final Award that would have been paid to Grantee pursuant to this Section 6.1(e) had Grantee still been alive on the
Change-in-Control-determined Award Date. 
 6.2 No Committee Discretion. The Committee may not exercise any negative
discretion pursuant to Section 5.2(b) or otherwise exercise discretion pursuant to the Agreement in any way that would serve to reduce an award deemed to be made to Grantee pursuant to this Section 6. 
 6.3 Conditions for Final Award Calculation Part B Award. Certain subsections of Section 6.1 specify that a Final Award will be
calculated in two parts: Part A Award and Part B Award. The Part B Award portion, where otherwise applicable pursuant to Section 6.1, is subject to the condition that Grantee have entered into a new change of control employment agreement
with PNC after January 1, 2008. 
 Notwithstanding anything in Section 6.1 to the contrary, unless and until Grantee
has entered into such an agreement, the calculation of a Final Award pursuant to Section 6.1 shall in no event include a Part B Award.” 
 (11)
Section 7.1 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: 
 “7.1 Delivery of Final Award
Determined by the Committee. Any Final Award determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 will be settled by delivery of whole Shares and, if applicable, cash Share-equivalents that together equal the number of Share Units specified
in the Final Award, subject to the payment of applicable withholding taxes as set forth in Section 11. 
 (a) Form of
Payment. Except where the Committee awards a prorated Final Award to Grantee as a qualifying Retiree or in the event of Grantee’s death, any Final Award determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 will be settled by delivery of
that number of whole Shares equal to the number of Share Units specified in the Final Award up to a number of Shares equal to the number specified in the Grant as the Target Share Units number (which number, without regard to any additions for
Dividend Adjustment Share Units but after any capital adjustments pursuant to Section 9, is also the maximum number of Shares that may be paid with respect to the Performance Units hereunder). If the number of Share Units specified in the Final
Award exceeds that maximum number of Shares, then any excess of such number of Share Units will be settled in cash (sometimes referred to in the Agreement as “cash Share-equivalents”) in an amount equal to such excess number of Share Units
multiplied by the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 15.25) of a share of PNC common stock on the Award Date or as otherwise provided in Section 9, if applicable. 
 In the event that a Final Award determined by the Committee is a prorated award and is made to Grantee as a qualifying Retiree or in the
event of Grantee’s death, then the form of payment of any such Final Award will be determined as 

  

 January 2008 
 -49- 

 
follows. The Final Award will be settled by delivery of whole Shares up to a number of Shares equal to the product of the proration factor used in
calculating the award and the number specified in the Grant as the Target Share Units number, rounded down to the nearest whole number, and any remainder will be settled in cash as cash Share-equivalents. 
 (b) Timing. Determination of eligibility for an award, calculation of the maximum permitted award amount, and a decision by the
Committee on whether or not to authorize an award and, if so, the size of such Final Award (the “scheduled award-determination process”) and then payment of any such Final Award will all generally occur in the first quarter of 2010 or as
soon thereafter as practicable after the final Peer data necessary for the Committee to make its award determination is available. In general, it is expected that the Award Date will occur in 2010 and no later than the end of the second quarter of
that year, and that payment of a Final Award, if any, will be made as soon as practicable after the Award Date. Except as otherwise provided below, in no event will payment be made earlier than January 1, 2010 or later than December 31,
2010 other than in unusual circumstances where a further delay thereafter would be permitted under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and if such a delay is permissible, as soon as practicable within such limits. 
 In the event of Grantee’s death prior to the Award Date where Grantee has satisfied all of the conditions of Section 4.2, 4.3,
4.4 or 4.5 of the Agreement and otherwise meets all applicable criteria as set forth in the Agreement for consideration for an award, (a) the scheduled award-determination process will occur at the same time and in the same manner as set forth
above for grantees of 2007-2009 Incentive Performance Units who remain employees of the Corporation, provided that if the death occurs prior to 2009, the scheduled award-determination process will occur in the calendar year immediately following
Grantee’s death, and (b) payment of a Final Award, if any, will be made during the calendar year immediately following the year in which Grantee died if the death occurs on or prior to December 31, 2009, or in 2010 if Grantee dies in
2010, provided, that, in no event will payment occur later than December 31st of the calendar year so specified as the year for payment, other than in unusual circumstances where a further delay thereafter would be permitted under
Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and if such a delay is permissible, as soon as practicable within such limits. 
 Otherwise, in the event that Grantee is no longer employed by the Corporation but has satisfied all of the conditions of Section 4.3, 4.4 or 4.5 of the Agreement and otherwise meets all applicable criteria as set forth in the Agreement
for consideration for an award, (a) the scheduled award-determination process will occur at the same time and in the same manner as set forth above for grantees of 2007-2009 Incentive Performance Units who remain employees of the Corporation,
generally in 2010 during the first quarter of that year, and (b) once the Committee has made its award determination, payment of a Final Award, if 

  

 January 2008 
 -50- 

 
any, will be made as soon as practicable after the Award Date, provided, that, in no event will payment be made earlier than January 1,
2010 or later than December 31, 2010, other than in unusual circumstances where a further delay thereafter would be permitted under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and if such a delay is permissible, as soon as practicable
within such limits. 
 (c) Dividend Record Dates. In the event
that one or more record dates for dividends on PNC common stock occur after December 31, 2009 (or, in the event of Grantee’s death prior to 2009, after the end of the applicable Performance Period) but before the date the Final Award, if
any, is paid pursuant to this Section 7.1, PNC will make a cash payment to Grantee in an amount equivalent to the amount of the dividends Grantee would have received had the number of Share Units specified in the Final Award been that number of
shares of PNC common stock and had such shares been issued and outstanding on January 1, 2010 (or, in the event of Grantee’s death prior to 2009, on the January 1st immediately following the last day of the applicable Performance Period) and had remained outstanding on the record date or dates for such dividends. Any such payment will be made at the same time as payment of the
Final Award, if any. 
 (d) Disputes. If there is a dispute regarding payment of the Final Award, PNC will settle the
undisputed portion of the award, if any, within the time frame set forth above in this Section 7.1, and will settle any remaining portion as soon as practicable after such dispute is finally resolved but in any event within the time period
permitted under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.” 
  

	(12)	Section 7.2 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: 

 “7.2 Delivery of Final Award Determined by Section 6. If a Final Award is deemed to be made pursuant to Section 6
rather than determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2, the Final Award is fully vested as of the date of the Change in Control. The size of the Final Award in Share Units will be calculated as of the date of the Change in Control once
the final data necessary for the award determination is available, and the Final Award will be paid as set forth below. 
 (a)
Timing. Payment of the Final Award will be made by PNC at the time set forth in subsection (a)(1) of this Section 7.2 unless payment at such time would be a noncompliant payment under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and
otherwise, at the time set forth in subsection (a)(2) of this Section 7.2, in either case as further described below. 
 (1) If, under the circumstances, the Change in Control is a permissible payment event under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, payment of the Final Award will be made by PNC as soon as practicable after the date the Change in
Control occurs and the amount of the Final Award is determinable and 

  

 January 2008 
 -51- 

 
determined in accordance with Section 6, but in no event later than December 31st of the calendar year in which the Change in Control occurs or, if later, by the 15th day of the third calendar month following the date on which the Change in Control occurs, other than in unusual circumstances where a further delay thereafter would be permitted under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and if
such a delay is permissible, as soon as practicable within such limits. 
 (2) If, under the circumstances, payment at the
time of the Change in Control would not comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, then payment will be made as soon as practicable after January 1, 2010, but in no event later than December 31, 2010. 
 (b) Form of Payment. 
 (1) If, under the circumstances, the Change in Control is a permissible payment event under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and payment of the Final Award is made at the time specified in
Section 7.2(a)(1), then the Final Award will be settled in Shares and cash Share-equivalents in the same proportions as specified in Section 7.1(a) for Committee-determined awards, except that payment will be made entirely in cash if so
provided in the circumstances pursuant to Section 9.2. 
 In the event that one or more record dates for dividends on PNC
common stock occur on or after the date of the Change in Control but before the date the Final Award is paid pursuant to Section 7.2(a)(1), PNC will also make a cash payment to Grantee in an amount equivalent to the amount of the dividends
Grantee would have received had the number of Share Units specified in the Final Award been that number of shares of PNC common stock and had such shares been issued and outstanding on the date of the Change in Control and remained outstanding on
the record date or dates for such dividends. Any such payment will be made at the same time as payment of the Final Award, and will be applicable only in the event that the Change in Control is a permissible payment event under Section 409A of
the Internal Revenue Code and payment of the Final Award is made at the time specified in Section 7.2(a)(1). 
 (2) If,
under the circumstances, payment at the time of the Change in Control would not comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and payment of the Final Award is made at the time specified in Section 7.2(a)(2), then the Final Award
will be paid entirely in cash and will be in an amount equal to the base amount described below in subsection (A) of this Section 7.2(b)(2) plus the phantom investment amount described below in subsection (B) of this
Section 7.2(b)(2). 
 (A) The base amount will be an amount equal to the number of Share Units specified in the Final
Award multiplied by the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 15.25) of a share of PNC common stock on the date of the Change in Control or as otherwise provided in Section 9, if applicable. 
  

 January 2008 
 -52- 

 (B) The phantom investment amount will be either (i) or (ii), whichever is larger:
(i) interest on the base amount described in Section 7.2(b)(2)(A) from the date of the Change in Control through the payment date at the short-term, mid-term or long-term Federal rate under Internal Revenue Code Section 1274
(b)(2)(B), as applicable depending on the term until payment, compounded semi-annually; or (ii) a phantom investment amount with respect to said base amount that reflects, if positive, the performance of the PNC stock or other consideration
received by a PNC common shareholder in the Change in Control transaction, with dividends reinvested in such stock, from the date of the Change in Control through the payment date. PNC may, at its option, provide other phantom investment
alternatives in addition to those referenced in the preceding sentence and may permit Grantee to make a phantom investment election from among such alternatives under and in accordance with procedures established by PNC, but any such alternatives
must provide for at least the two phantom investments set forth in Section 7.2(b)(2)(B)(i) and (ii) at a minimum. The phantom investment amount will be applicable only in the event that payment at the time of the Change in Control would
not comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and thus payment is made at the time specified in Section 7.2(a)(2) rather than at the time specified in Section 7.2(a)(1). 
 (c) Disputes. If there is a dispute regarding payment of the Final Award, PNC will settle the undisputed portion of the award, if
any, within the time frame set forth in the applicable subsection of Section 7.2(a), and will settle any remaining portion as soon as practicable after such dispute is finally resolved but in any event within the time period permitted under
Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. 
 (13) Section 7.3 is amended by adding the following phrase to the end of the second sentence of the
first paragraph of that section: “at the time specified in the applicable subsection of Section 7.2”. 
 (14) The definition of Annual
Potential Payout Calculation Schedule in Section 15.4 is amended by inserting the phrase “as applicable” after the phrase “pursuant to Section 3.2” in that section. 
 (15) The definition of CIC Payout Percentage in Section 15.13 is amended by changing the section reference therein from “Section 6.1(a)(iii)” to
“Section 6.1(a)(iv)”. 
 (16) The definition of Disabled in Section 15.20 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 “15.20 “Disabled” or “Disability” means, except as may otherwise be required by
Section 409A, that Grantee either (i) is unable to engage in any 

  

 January 2008 
 -53- 

 
substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected
to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less
than 12 months, receiving (and has received for at least three months) income replacement benefits under any Corporation-sponsored disability benefit plan. If Grantee has been determined to be eligible for Social Security disability benefits,
Grantee shall be presumed to be Disabled as defined herein.” 
 (17) The definition of EPS in Section 15.22 is amended and restated in its entirety
to read as follows: 
 “15.22 “EPS” for PNC or another Peer, for purposes of the Agreement, is
calculated, for a given full year or shorter 3, 6, or 9 month period, as: (a) the publicly-reported diluted earnings per share of such Peer for that year (or shorter 3, 6, or 9 month period) prepared in accordance with GAAP; then
(b) adjusted, where applicable, on an after-tax basis, for the impact of any extraordinary items, discontinued operations, acquisition costs and merger integration costs, and stock splits (whether in the form of a stock split or a stock
dividend), all as determined on the basis of publicly-reported financial information; provided, however, that for purposes of the 2007-2009 Incentive Performance Units and this Agreement only, EPS for the full year 2006 or shorter 3,
6, or 9 month period of 2006, shall be further adjusted, on an after-tax basis, (1) for the impact of the following significant 2006 items: (i) gain on the BlackRock / Merrill Lynch Investment Managers transaction; (ii) securities
portfolio rebalancing loss; and (iii) mortgage loan portfolio repositioning loss; and (2) as if PNC had recorded its investment in BlackRock on the equity method for all of 2006, all as determined from financial information publicly
disclosed by PNC; and provided, further, that for purposes of calculating EPS Growth or EPS Growth performance with respect to PNC or another Peer for any full or partial 2008 or 2009 period only, EPS, as defined in this
Section 15.22, for 2007, 2008 and 2009 periods as applicable shall be further adjusted, where applicable, on an after-tax basis, for the impact of any item for which such impact was the result of a change in tax law and for the impact of
certain Visa-related items (as described below). 
 All of the preceding terms, other than acquisition costs and merger
integration costs where applicable, the additional 2006 adjustments set forth above where applicable, and certain Visa-related items where applicable, will have the meanings assigned to such terms in accordance with GAAP. All after-tax adjustments
for PNC and for all other Peers will be calculated using the same methodology for making such adjustments on an after-tax basis. EPS, as used in the Agreement, will include adjustments, where otherwise applicable, for the impact of any item for
which such impact was the result of a change in tax law, for the impact of any acquisition costs and merger integration costs, and for the impact of certain Visa-related items (as described below) only where such 

  

 January 2008 
 -54- 

 
amounts, including with respect to PNC, can be reasonably determined from publicly-disclosed financial information. EPS will be rounded to the nearest one
cent (e.g., $0.00, with $0.005 being rounded upward to $0.01). 
 “Certain Visa-related items” for PNC
or another Peer will mean, as applicable, (1) the expenses or charges recorded by PNC or another Peer that is a financial institution member of Visa U.S.A. Inc. card association or its affiliates (“Visa”) for obligations to
Visa with respect to the costs of specified litigation or the gains / reversal of expense recognized by PNC or such other Peer in connection with the satisfaction of such obligations and (2) any other gains recognized by PNC or such other Peer
on the redemption or sale of their Visa shares with proceeds of Visa’s initial public offering. 
 The Committee may, in
its discretion, direct management to provide additional information to the Committee on the impact that other specified adjustments, applied on a consistent basis to the EPS of each member of the Peer Group, would have had on relative EPS Growth
performance, but no such other adjustments will have the effect of increasing the Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount or the Final Award.” 
 (18) The definition of EPS Growth or EPS Growth performance in Section 15.23 is amended by inserting the phrase “(calculated as set forth in Section 15.22)” after the term EPS each time the term EPS appears in
Section 15.23, and by replacing the phrase “dividing the resulting number by the EPS” at the beginning of clause (2) of that definition with the phrase “dividing the resulting number by the absolute value of the EPS”.

 (19) The definition of Final Potential Payout Percentage in Section 15.27 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: 
 “15.27 “Final Potential Payout Percentage.” 
 Where a Final Award determination is made pursuant to Section 5, the term “Final Potential Payout Percentage” will
have the meaning set forth in (a) or (b) below, whichever is applicable in the circumstances. 
 (a) Where the Performance Period specified by the applicable section of the
Agreement is the full three-year period commencing January 1, 2007 through and including December 31, 2009, then the Final Potential Payout Percentage will be the percentage that is the average (but in no event greater than 200%) of the
Annual Potential Payout Percentages for the three full covered years in the Performance Period (i.e., one-third ( 1/3rd) of the sum of the annual percentages for the full years 2007, 2008 and 2009). If all of the Annual Potential Payout Percentages are 0%, then the Final Potential Payout Percentage will be 0%. 
  

 January 2008 
 -55- 

 (b) Where the applicable performance measurement date specified by the Agreement is a
quarter-end or year-end date other than December 31, 2009, then the Final Potential Payout Percentage will be a Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage and will be calculated as set forth in Section 15.34. 
 Where a Final Award is deemed to be awarded pursuant to Section 6 by reason of the occurrence of a Change in Control, the payout
calculation will be as set forth in the applicable subsection of Section 6.” 
 (20) Clause (a) of the definition of Limited-Period Final
Potential Payout Percentage in Section 15.34 is amended by revising clause (a)(ii) to read as follows: “(ii) the number of full completed quarters in the partial year of the applicable limited Performance Period, times the Limited-Year
Annual Potential Payout Percentage for that partial year;”. 
 (21) The definition of Retires or Retirement in Section 15.48 is amended and
restated in its entirety to read as follows: 
 “15.48
“Retires” or “Retirement”. Grantee “Retires” if his or her employment with the Corporation terminates (a) at any time on or after the first (1st) day of the first (1st) month coincident with or next following the
date on which Grantee attains age fifty-five (55) and completes five (5) years of service (where a year of service is determined in the same manner as the determination of a year of Vesting Service under the provisions of The PNC Financial
Services Group, Inc. Pension Plan) with the Corporation and (b) for a reason other than termination by reason of Grantee’s death or by the Corporation for Cause or, unless the Committee or its delegate determines otherwise, termination in
connection with a divestiture of assets or a divestiture of one or more subsidiaries. If Grantee “Retires” as defined herein, the termination of Grantee’s employment with the Corporation is sometimes referred to as
“Retirement”.” 
 (22) The definition of ROCE in Section 15.49 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 “15.49 “ROCE”. For purposes of calculating ROCE performance with respect to PNC or another Peer under
the Agreement for any given 2007 period only, ROCE shall be calculated, on the basis of publicly-reported financial information, as the percentage obtained by (1) dividing (x) the annualized net income of such Peer, as adjusted, on an
after-tax basis, for the impact of any extraordinary items, discontinued operations, and acquisition costs and merger integration costs, as applicable, by (y) average annualized common shareholders’ equity, as adjusted by excluding, on an
after-tax basis, the impact of any goodwill, cumulative effects of accounting changes, extraordinary items, discontinued operations, and acquisition costs and merger integration costs, and (2) expressing the resulting amount as a percent,
rounded to the nearest one-hundredth (e.g., 0.00%, with 0.005% being rounded upward to 0.01%). 
  

 January 2008 
 -56- 

 For purposes of calculating ROCE with respect to PNC or another Peer under the Agreement
for any given 2008 or 2009 period only, ROCE shall be calculated, on the basis of publicly-reported financial information, as the percentage obtained by (1) dividing (x) the annualized net income of such Peer, as adjusted, on an after-tax
basis, for the impact of any item for which such impact was the result of a change in tax law, for the impact of any extraordinary items, discontinued operations, acquisition costs and merger integration costs, and certain Visa-related items (as
described below), as applicable, by (y) average annualized common shareholders’ equity, as adjusted by excluding the impact of any goodwill, and (2) expressing the resulting amount as a percent, rounded to the nearest one-hundredth
(e.g., 0.00%, with 0.005% being rounded upward to 0.01%). 
 “Certain Visa-related items” for PNC or
another Peer will mean, as applicable, (1) the expenses or charges recorded by PNC or another Peer that is a financial institution member of Visa U.S.A. Inc. card association or its affiliates (“Visa”) for obligations to Visa
with respect to the costs of specified litigation or the gains / reversal of expense recognized by PNC or such other Peer on the redemption or sale of their Visa shares in connection with the satisfaction of such obligations and (2) any other
gains recognized by PNC or such other Peer on the redemption or sale of their Visa shares with proceeds of Visa’s initial public offering. 
 Where the Agreement requires a measurement of ROCE with respect to PNC and the other Peers for a given period that is a partial rather than a full year, ROCE for purposes of the Agreement will be calculated in the
same manner as set forth above but using net income, as adjusted, for such 3, 6 or 9 month period in place of annualized net income, as adjusted, and using average common shareholders’ equity for that year-to-date period, as adjusted, in place
of average annualized common shareholders’ equity, as adjusted, all on the basis of publicly-reported financial information and all adjusted for the impact of the same items, if any, as set forth above, and expressed as a percent, rounded to
the nearest one-hundredth (e.g., 0.00%, with 0.005% being rounded upward to 0.01%). 
 All of the preceding terms used
in this definition of ROCE, other than acquisition costs and merger integration costs where applicable and certain Visa-related items (as described above) where applicable, will have the meanings assigned to such terms in accordance with GAAP. All
after-tax adjustments for PNC and for all other Peers will be calculated using the same methodology for making such adjustments on an after-tax basis. ROCE, as used in the Agreement, will include adjustments, where otherwise applicable, for the
impact of any item for which such impact was the result of a change in tax law, for the impact of any acquisition costs and merger integration costs, and for the impact of certain Visa-related items only where such amounts, including with respect to
PNC, can be reasonably determined from publicly-disclosed financial information. 
  

 January 2008 
 -57- 

 The Committee may, in its discretion, direct management to provide additional information
to the Committee on the impact that other specified adjustments, applied on a consistent basis to the ROCE of each member of the Peer Group, would have had on relative ROCE performance, but no such other adjustments will have the effect of
increasing the Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount or the Final Award.” 
 (23) The definition of Transition Factor in Section 15.57 is
deleted in its entirety. 
 19. Amendment to 2006-2008 Incentive Performance Unit Agreement. The terms and conditions of the 2006-2008
Incentive Performance Unit Agreement between Grantee and PNC are hereby amended as follows. 
 (1) Section 4.1 is amended by replacing the phrase in the
last sentence of the fourth paragraph of that section that begins “except ...” and ends “...Agreement” with the following phrase: “except that in the case of death, the determination and payment of said award, if any,
shall be accelerated if so indicated in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 5 or Section 6, as applicable, and Section 7.” 
 (2) Section 4.2 is amended by adding the following phrase to the end of the last sentence of the last paragraph of that section: “and payable in accordance with Section 7”. 
 (3) Section 4.3 is amended by: replacing the phrase “that the Committee may” in the proviso clause in the first paragraph of that section with the phrase
“that PNC may”; replacing the phrase “eligible for consideration for a prorated award” in the second paragraph of that section with the phrase “eligible for Committee consideration of a prorated award”; replacing the
phrase “the Committee will consider an award for Grantee and make an award determination and any such award will be paid during the year” in the fourth paragraph of that section with the following: “the Committee may consider an award
for Grantee and make an award determination with respect to Grantee (either to award a specified amount or not to authorize any award). Any such award determination will be made and such award, if any, will be calculated in accordance with
Section 5.1(c) as described above but will be paid in accordance with Section 7 during the year”; and adding the phrase “and payable in accordance with Section 7” to the end of the last sentence of the last paragraph of
that section. 
 (4) Section 4.4 is amended by: replacing the phrase “that the Committee may” in the proviso clause in the first paragraph of
that section with the phrase “that PNC may”; replacing the phrase “the Committee will consider an award for Grantee and make an award determination and any such award will be paid during the year” in the fourth paragraph of that
section with the following: “the Committee may consider an award for Grantee and make an award determination with respect to Grantee (either to award a specified amount or not to authorize any award). Any such award determination will be made
and such award, if any, will be paid in accordance with Section 7 during the year”; and adding the phrase “and payable in accordance with Section 7” to the end of the last sentence of the last paragraph of that section.

  

 January 2008 
 -58- 

 (5) Section 4.5 is amended by deleting the phrase “by the Committee” from the first paragraph of that
section, and by adding the following sentence to the end of the third paragraph of that section: “Any such award will be payable in accordance with Section 7”. 
 (6) Section 5.1(b)(iii) is amended by adding the phrase “will be a Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage and” after the phrase “the applicable Final Potential Payout Percentage” at
the beginning of that subsection, and by adding the phrase “specified above” after “applicable Performance Period” in the last line of that subsection. Section 5.1(b)(iv) is amended by inserting “Limited-Period”
after the words “the applicable” at the beginning of clause (x) of that subsection, and by adding the phrase “specified above” after “applicable Performance Period” in clause (y) of that subsection.

 (7) Section 5.1(c) is amended by: adding the phrase “but in no event later than December 31, 2008” to the end of subsection 5.1(c)(i);
by replacing the phrase “applicable Performance Period” in the last line of subsection 5.1(c)(iii) with the phrase “applicable limited Performance Period specified above”; and by replacing the phrase “through the applicable
performance measurement date)” at the end of subsection 5.1(c)(iv) with the phrase “through the quarter-end date that is the applicable performance measurement date specified above)”. 
 (8) Section 5.1(d) is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: 
 “(d) Disability. Except as set forth in the following paragraph, in the event that Grantee becomes Disabled prior to the
regularly scheduled award date for non-exceptional circumstances in early 2009 but Grantee has met the conditions for a qualifying disability termination set forth in Section 4.4 and the Grant remains outstanding, PNC will present information
to the Committee for purposes of this Section 5.1 for consideration of an award on the same basis as that set forth in Section 5.1(a) for a continuing employee of the Corporation, together with such information as the Committee may request
concerning the timing and circumstances of the disability. The scheduled award-determination period will occur in early 2009 as provided in Section 7.1. 
 If Grantee dies after a qualifying disability termination but prior to the award date and the Grant remains outstanding, Grantee will be
eligible for consideration for an award at the time and up to the maximum amount of the award Grantee could have received had he or she died while an employee of the Corporation.” 
  

 January 2008 
 -59- 

 (9) Section 5.2(a) is amended by combining the last two sentences of the first paragraph of that subsection into one
sentence by replacing the first period with a semicolon. 
 (10) Section 6 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: 
 “6. Change in Control Prior to a Committee-Determined Award Date. 
 6.1 Final Award Calculation. 
 Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control at any time prior to a Committee-determined Award Date pursuant to Section 5.2, (i) the Performance
Period, if not already ended, will be limited and will end on the last day of the last full quarter completed prior to the day the Change in Control occurs, or, if the Change in Control occurs on a quarter-end date, on the day the Change in Control
occurs, but in no event later than December 31, 2008, (ii) if Dividend Adjustment Share Units were otherwise still accruing at the time, no further Dividend Adjustment Share Units will accrue and be added to the number of Adjusted Target
Share Units after the last day of the Performance Period as so limited, and (iii) Grantee will be deemed to have been awarded a Final Award in an amount determined as set forth in this Section 6, payable to Grantee or Grantee’s legal
representative at the time and in the manner set forth in Section 7, provided that the Grant is outstanding as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day on which the Change in Control occurs and has not already terminated or been
terminated in accordance with the terms of Section 4. 
 If this Section 6 is applicable and a Final Award is deemed
to be awarded pursuant to Section 6, the day the Change in Control occurs will be considered the Award Date for purposes of the Agreement. This date is sometimes referred to in the Agreement as the “Change-in-Control-determined Award
Date” (as set forth in Section 15.5). 
 (a) Standard CIC Payout Calculation. Provided that Grantee is an
employee of the Corporation and the Grant is outstanding as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day on which the Change in Control occurs such that Grantee remains eligible for an award, Grantee’s Final Award will be determined as
follows: 
 (i) the applicable performance measurement date will be the last day of the last full quarter completed prior to
the day the Change in Control occurs, or, if the Change in Control occurs on a quarter-end date, the day the Change in Control occurs, but in no event later than December 31, 2008; 
 (ii) the applicable Performance Period will be the period commencing on January 1, 2006 and ending on the applicable performance
measurement date, and will consist of the full and partial years in that period; 
  

 January 2008 
 -60- 

 (iii) the scheduled award-determination period will occur as soon as practicable after
the occurrence of the Change in Control; and 
 (iv) a Final Award will be calculated in two parts (Part A and Part B), and
the Final Award amount will be the sum of the amounts calculated for the Part A Award and the Part B Award as set forth below; provided, however, that the Part B Award is subject to Section 6.3 and that the Part B Award is not
applicable in the limited circumstance where the Change in Control occurs on or after December 31, 2008 and the Part A Award is not prorated. 
 Part A Award: The Part A Award amount will be the number of Share Units equal to: 
 (1) the
“CIC Payout Percentage” (calculated as set forth below) of the Adjusted Target Share Units, with adjustments calculated through the quarter-end date that is the applicable performance measurement date specified above, then, except where
the Change in Control occurs on or after December 31, 2008 and therefore the applicable Performance Period covers a full three years, 
 (2) prorated (as defined in Section 15.45) based on the number of full quarters in the applicable limited Performance Period (i.e., in the period from January 1, 2007 through the quarter-end date that is the applicable
performance measurement date specified above). 
 The “CIC Payout Percentage” will be (a) or (b) below, as applicable,
(but in no event greater than 200%): 
 (a) if the Change in Control occurs prior to December 31, 2008, such that the Performance Period
is less than three full years, the CIC Payout Percentage will be the higher of (1) 100% and (2) a Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage calculated as set forth in Section 15.34 for the applicable limited Performance
Period specified above; and 
 (b) if the Change in Control occurs on or after December 31, 2008, the CIC Payout Percentage will be the
average of the Annual Potential Payout Percentages for the full years 2006, 2007 and 2008. 
 Part B Award: Subject to
Section 6.3, the Part B Award amount will be the number of Share Units equal to: 
 (1) 100% of the Adjusted Target Share Units, with
adjustments calculated through the quarter-end date that is the applicable performance measurement date specified above, multiplied by 
 (2)
the fraction equal to 1.00 minus the fraction used for the proration by quarters in the calculation of the Part A Award above. 
  

 January 2008 
 -61- 

 If the calculation of the Part A Award above does not include a proration factor, the
Part B Award will not be applicable. 
 If Grantee dies after the Change in Control occurs, Grantee’s Final Award
determined pursuant to this Section 6.1(a) will be paid to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance with Section 10. 
 (b) Death. If Grantee died while an employee of the Corporation and a Final Award determination (either to award a specified amount
or not to authorize any award) was made by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 prior to the Change in Control, no further or different award determination will be made pursuant to this Section 6.1. 
 In the event the Grantee died while an employee of the Corporation and qualified for consideration for an award pursuant to
Section 4.2 but the Committee had not yet made an award determination (either to award a specified amount or not to authorize any award) with respect to Grantee at the time the Change in Control occurs such that Grantee remains eligible for an
award, then the scheduled award-determination period will occur as soon as practicable after the occurrence of the Change in Control, and the amount of Grantee’s Final Award (payable to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good
faith by the Committee, in accordance with Section 10) will be determined on the following basis, as applicable. 
 (1) If Grantee died
in the calendar year prior to the Change in Control but the Committee had not yet made an award determination (either to award a specified amount or not to authorize any award) with respect to Grantee at the time the Change in Control occurs,
Grantee’s Final Award will be in the amount of the Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount determined in the same manner as set forth in Section 5.1(b) but with no Committee discretion to reduce the amount of the award. 
 (2) If Grantee died in the same calendar year as the Change in Control, Grantee’s Final Award will be in the amount of the award that would have been
payable to Grantee pursuant to the calculations set forth in Section 6.1(a), but substituting a Part B Award of zero Share Units for any Part B Award amount calculated pursuant to that section, had Grantee not died but had been an employee of
the Corporation as of the end of day immediately preceding the day the Change in Control occurred. 
 (c) Qualifying
Retirement. In the event that Grantee Retired prior to the day the Change in Control occurs but Grantee has met the conditions for a qualifying retirement termination set forth in Section 4.3 and the Grant has not been terminated by PNC
prior to the Change in Control pursuant to Section 4.3 for Detrimental Conduct and is outstanding as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day on which the Change in Control occurs such that Grantee remains eligible for an award,
Grantee’s Final Award will be in the amount of the lesser of: 
 (1) the Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount determined in
the same manner as set forth in Section 5.1(c) but with no Committee discretion to reduce the amount of the award; and 
  

 January 2008 
 -62- 

 (2) the amount of the award that would have been payable to Grantee pursuant to the calculations set
forth in Section 6.1(a), but substituting a Part B Award of zero Share Units for any Part B Award amount calculated pursuant to that section, had Grantee not Retired but had been an employee of the Corporation as of the end of the day
immediately preceding the day the Change in Control occurred. 
 The scheduled award-determination period will occur as soon
as practicable after the occurrence of the Change in Control. 
 If Grantee died while a qualified Retiree and a Final Award
determination (either to award a specified amount or not to authorize any award) was made by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 prior to the Change in Control, no further or different award determination will be made pursuant to this
Section 6.1. 
 If no such Final Award determination was made prior to the Change in Control, Grantee’s Final Award
determined pursuant to this Section 6.1(c) will be paid to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance with Section 10. 
 (d) Disability. In the event that Grantee became Disabled and Grantee’s employment with the Corporation terminated prior to
the day the Change in Control occurs but Grantee has met the conditions for a qualifying disability termination set forth in Section 4.4 and the Grant has not been terminated by PNC prior to the Change in Control pursuant to Section 4.4
for Detrimental Conduct and is outstanding as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day on which the Change in Control occurs such that Grantee remains eligible for an award, Grantee’s Final Award will be in the amount of the award
that would have been payable to Grantee pursuant to the calculations set forth in Section 6.1(a), but substituting a Part B Award of zero Share Units for any Part B Award amount calculated pursuant to that section, had Grantee still been an
employee of the Corporation as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day the Change in Control occurred. The scheduled award-determination period will occur as soon as practicable after the occurrence of the Change in Control. 

If Grantee died while qualified to receive an award and a Final Award determination (either to award a specified amount or not to
authorize any award) was made by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 prior to the Change in Control, no further or different award determination will be made pursuant to this 

  

 January 2008 
 -63- 

 
Section 6.1. If no such Final Award determination was made prior to the Change in Control, Grantee’s Final Award (payable to Grantee’s legal
representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance with Section 10) will be an award determined in accordance with Section 6.1(b) as if Grantee had died while an employee of the Corporation and prior to the Change
in Control. 
 (e) Qualifying Termination in Anticipation of a Change in Control. In the event that Grantee’s
termination of employment satisfies all of the conditions set forth in Section 4.5 and Section 15.46 for a qualifying termination in anticipation of a change in control such that the Grant is outstanding at the time the Change in Control
occurs and Grantee remains eligible for an award, Grantee will receive a Final Award on the following basis, as applicable. 
 (1) If the
Change in Control occurs within three (3) months of Grantee’s Termination Date, Grantee will receive a Final Award on the same basis as a continuing employee of the Corporation as set forth in Section 6.1(a). 
 (2) If the Change in Control occurs more than three (3) months after Grantee’s Termination Date but the Grant is outstanding because
Grantee’s termination of employment qualifies under Section 4.5 and Section 15.46 by, among other conditions, having occurred after or within three months prior to a CIC Triggering Event, Grantee will receive a Final Award on the same
basis as a qualifying Retiree as set forth in Section 6.1(c). 
 If Grantee died while qualified to receive an award and
a Final Award determination (either to award a specified amount or not to authorize any award) was made by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 prior to the Change in Control, no further or different award determination will be made pursuant
to this Section 6.1. If no such Final Award determination was made prior to the Change in Control, Grantee’s Final Award (payable to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance with
Section 10) will be the same amount as the Final Award that would have been paid to Grantee pursuant to this Section 6.1(e) had Grantee still been alive on the Change-in-Control-determined Award Date. 
 6.2 No Committee Discretion. The Committee may not exercise any negative discretion pursuant to Section 5.2(b) or otherwise
exercise discretion pursuant to the Agreement in any way that would serve to reduce an award deemed to be made to Grantee pursuant to this Section 6. 
 6.3 Conditions for Final Award Calculation Part B Award. Certain subsections of Section 6.1 specify that a Final Award will be calculated in two parts: Part A Award and Part B Award. The Part B Award
portion, where otherwise applicable pursuant to Section 6.1, is subject to the condition that Grantee have entered into a new change of control employment agreement with PNC after January 1, 2008. 
  

 January 2008 
 -64- 

 Notwithstanding anything in Section 6.1 to the contrary, unless and until Grantee
has entered into such an agreement, the calculation of a Final Award pursuant to Section 6.1 shall in no event include a Part B Award.” 
 (11)
Section 7.1 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: 
 “7.1 Delivery of Final Award
Determined by the Committee. Any Final Award determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 will be settled by delivery of whole shares of PNC common stock and, if applicable, cash share-equivalents that together equal the number of
share units denominated in the Final Award, subject to the payment of applicable withholding taxes as set forth in Section 11. 
 (a) Form of Payment. Except where the Committee awards a prorated Final Award to Grantee as a qualifying Retiree or in the event of Grantee’s death, any Final Award determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 will
be settled by delivery of that number of whole shares of PNC common stock equal to the number of share units denominated in the Final Award up to a number of shares equal to the number specified in the Grant as the Target Share Units number (which
number, without regard to any additions for Dividend Adjustment Share Units but after any capital adjustments pursuant to Section 9, is also the maximum number of shares of PNC common stock that may be paid with respect to this Grant). If the
number of share units denominated in the Final Award exceeds that maximum number of shares, then any excess of such number of share units will be settled in cash (sometimes referred to in the Agreement as “cash share-equivalents”) in an
amount equal to such excess number of share units multiplied by the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 15.24) of a share of PNC common stock on the Award Date or as otherwise provided in Section 9, if applicable. 
 In the event that a Final Award determined by the Committee is a prorated award and is made to Grantee as a qualifying Retiree or in the
event of Grantee’s death, then the form of payment of any such Final Award will be determined as follows. The Final Award will be settled by delivery of whole shares of PNC common stock up to a number of shares equal to the product of the
proration factor used in calculating the award and the number specified in the Grant as the Target Share Units number, rounded down to the nearest whole number, and any remainder will be settled in cash as cash share-equivalents. 
 (b) Timing. Determination of eligibility for an award, calculation of the maximum permitted award amount, and a decision by the
Committee on whether or not to authorize an award and, if so, the size of such Final Award (the “scheduled award-determination process”) and then payment of any such Final Award will all generally occur in the first quarter of 2009 or as
soon thereafter as 

  

 January 2008 
 -65- 

 
practicable after the final Peer data necessary for the Committee to make its award determination is available. In general, it is expected that the Award
Date will occur in 2009 and no later than the end of the second quarter of that year, and that payment of a Final Award, if any, will be made as soon as practicable after the Award Date. Except as otherwise provided below, in no event will payment
be made earlier than January 1, 2009 or later than December 31, 2009 other than in unusual circumstances where a further delay thereafter would be permitted under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and if such a delay is
permissible, as soon as practicable within such limits. 
 In the event of Grantee’s death prior to the Award Date where
Grantee has satisfied all of the conditions of Section 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 or 4.5 of the Agreement and otherwise meets all applicable criteria as set forth in the Agreement for consideration for an award, (a) the scheduled award-determination
process will occur at the same time and in the same manner as set forth above for grantees of 2006-2008 Incentive Performance Units who remain employees of the Corporation, provided that if the death occurs prior to 2008, the scheduled
award-determination process will occur in the calendar year immediately following Grantee’s death, and (b) payment of a Final Award, if any, will be made during the calendar year immediately following the year in which Grantee died if the
death occurs on or prior to December 31, 2008, or in 2009 if Grantee dies in 2009, provided, that, in no event will payment occur later than December 31st of the calendar year so specified as the year for payment, other than
in unusual circumstances where a further delay thereafter would be permitted under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and if such a delay is permissible, as soon as practicable within such limits. 
 Otherwise, in the event that Grantee is no longer employed by the Corporation but has satisfied all of the conditions of Section 4.3,
4.4 or 4.5 of the Agreement and otherwise meets all applicable criteria as set forth in the Agreement for consideration for an award, (a) the scheduled award-determination process will occur at the same time and in the same manner as set forth
above for grantees of 2006-2008 Incentive Performance Units who remain employees of the Corporation, generally in 2010 during the first quarter of that year, and (b) once the Committee has made its award determination, payment of a Final Award,
if any, will be made as soon as practicable after the Award Date, provided, that, in no event will payment be made earlier than January 1, 2009 or later than December 31, 2009, other than in unusual circumstances where a
further delay thereafter would be permitted under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and if such a delay is permissible, as soon as practicable within such limits. 
 (c) Dividend Record Dates. In the event that one or more record dates for dividends on PNC common stock occur after
December 31, 2008 (or, in the event of Grantee’s death prior to 2008, after the end of the applicable Performance Period) but before the date the Final Award, if any, is paid pursuant to this Section 7.1, PNC will make a cash payment
to Grantee in an amount 

  

 January 2008 
 -66- 

 
equivalent to the amount of the dividends Grantee would have received had the number of share units specified in the Final Award been that number of shares
of PNC common stock and had such shares been issued and outstanding on January 1, 2009 (or, in the event of Grantee’s death prior to 2008, on the January 1st immediately following the last day of the applicable Performance Period) and had remained outstanding on the record date or dates for such dividends. Any such payment will be made at the same time as payment of the
Final Award, if any. 
 (d) Disputes. If there is a dispute regarding payment of the Final Award, PNC will settle the
undisputed portion of the award, if any, within the time frame set forth above in this Section 7.1, and will settle any remaining portion as soon as practicable after such dispute is finally resolved but in any event within the time period
permitted under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.” 
 (12) Section 7.2 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 “7.2 Delivery of Final Award Determined by Section 6. If a Final Award is deemed to be made pursuant to
Section 6 rather than determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2, the Final Award is fully vested as of the date of the Change in Control. The size of the Final Award in Share Units will be calculated as of the date of the Change
in Control once the final data necessary for the award determination is available, and the Final Award will be paid as set forth below. 
 (a) Timing. Payment of the Final Award will be made by PNC at the time set forth in subsection (a)(1) of this Section 7.2 unless payment at such time would be a noncompliant payment under Section 409A
of the Internal Revenue Code, and otherwise, at the time set forth in subsection (a)(2) of this Section 7.2, in either case as further described below. 
 (1) If, under the circumstances, the Change in Control is a permissible payment
event under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, payment of the Final Award will be made by PNC as soon as practicable after the date the Change in Control occurs and the amount of the Final Award is determinable and determined in
accordance with Section 6, but in no event later than December 31st of the calendar year in which the Change in Control occurs or, if
later, by the 15th day of the third calendar month following the date on which the Change in Control occurs, other than in unusual circumstances
where a further delay thereafter would be permitted under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and if such a delay is permissible, as soon as practicable within such limits. 
 (2) If, under the circumstances, payment at the time of the Change in Control would not comply with Section 409A of the Internal
Revenue Code, then payment will be made as soon as practicable after January 1, 2009, but in no event later than December 31, 2009. 
  

 January 2008 
 -67- 

 (b) Form of Payment. 
 (1) If, under the circumstances, the Change in Control is a permissible payment event under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code
and payment of the Final Award is made at the time specified in Section 7.2(a)(1), then the Final Award will be settled in Shares and cash Share-equivalents in the same proportions as specified in Section 7.1(a) for Committee-determined
awards, except that payment will be made entirely in cash if so provided in the circumstances pursuant to Section 9.2. 
 In the event that one or more record dates for dividends on PNC common stock occur on or after the date of the Change in Control but before the date the Final Award is paid pursuant to Section 7.2(a)(1), PNC will also make a cash
payment to Grantee in an amount equivalent to the amount of the dividends Grantee would have received had the number of share units specified in the Final Award been that number of shares of PNC common stock and had such shares been issued and
outstanding on the date of the Change in Control and remained outstanding on the record date or dates for such dividends. Any such payment will be made at the same time as payment of the Final Award, and will be applicable only in the event that the
Change in Control is a permissible payment event under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and payment of the Final Award is made at the time specified in Section 7.2(a)(1). 
 (2) If, under the circumstances, payment at the time of the Change in Control would not comply with Section 409A of the Internal
Revenue Code and payment of the Final Award is made at the time specified in Section 7.2(a)(2), then the Final Award will be paid entirely in cash and will be in an amount equal to the base amount described below in subsection (A) of this
Section 7.2(b)(2) plus the phantom investment amount described below in subsection (B) of this Section 7.2(b)(2). 
 (A) The base amount will be an amount equal to the number of share units specified in the Final Award multiplied by the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 15.25) of a share of PNC common stock on the date
of the Change in Control or as otherwise provided in Section 9, if applicable. 
 (B) The phantom investment amount will
be either (i) or (ii), whichever is larger: (i) interest on the base amount described in Section 7.2(b)(2)(A) from the date of the Change in Control through the payment date at the short-term, mid-term or long-term Federal rate under
Internal Revenue Code Section 1274 (b)(2)(B), as applicable depending on the term until payment, compounded semi-annually; or (ii) a phantom investment amount with respect to said base amount that reflects, if positive, the performance of
the PNC stock or 

  

 January 2008 
 -68- 

 
other consideration received by a PNC common shareholder in the Change in Control transaction, with dividends reinvested in such stock, from the date of the
Change in Control through the payment date. PNC may, at its option, provide other phantom investment alternatives in addition to those referenced in the preceding sentence and may permit Grantee to make a phantom investment election from among such
alternatives under and in accordance with procedures established by PNC, but any such alternatives must provide for at least the two phantom investments set forth in Section 7.2(b)(2)(B)(i) and (ii) at a minimum. The phantom investment
amount will be applicable only in the event that payment at the time of the Change in Control would not comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and thus payment is made at the time specified in Section 7.2(a)(2) rather than
at the time specified in Section 7.2(a)(1). 
 (c) Disputes. If there is a dispute regarding payment of the Final
Award, PNC will settle the undisputed portion of the award, if any, within the time frame set forth in the applicable subsection of Section 7.2(a), and will settle any remaining portion as soon as practicable after such dispute is finally
resolved but in any event within the time period permitted under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. 
 (13) Section 7.3 is amended by
adding the following phrase to the end of the second sentence of the first paragraph of that section: “, at the time specified in the applicable subsection of Section 7.2”. 
 (14) Section 9.1 is amended by: replacing the word “occurs” in the fourth line of the first paragraph with “occur”; replacing the word
“will” in the fifth line of the first paragraph with “shall”; replacing the phrase “in the number and class” in the sixth line of the first paragraph with the phrase “in the number, class or kind”; adding the
phrase “in its discretion” after the word “appropriate” in the seventh line of the first paragraph; and adding the following as the second paragraph of Section 9.1: All determinations hereunder shall be made by the Committee
in its sole discretion and shall be final, binding and conclusive for all purposes on all parties, including without limitation Grantee.” Section 9.2 is amended by: replacing the phrase “the number and class of the Target Share
Units” in clause (a) with the phrase “the number, class and kind of the Target Share Units”; and replacing the word “that” in the parenthetical in clause (c) with “than”. 
 (15) The definition of Annual Potential Payout Schedule in Section 15.4 is amended by inserting the phrase “as applicable” after the phrase “pursuant
to Section 3.2” in that section. 
 (16) The definition of CIC Payout Percentage in Section 15.13 is amended by changing the section reference
therein from “Section 6.1(a)(iii)” to “Section 6.1(a)(iv)”. 
  

 January 2008 
 -69- 

 (17) The definition of Disabled in Section 15.19 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 “15.19 “Disabled” or “Disability” means, except as may otherwise be required by
Section 409A, that Grantee either (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a
continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12
months, receiving (and has received for at least three months) income replacement benefits under any Corporation-sponsored disability benefit plan. If Grantee has been determined to be eligible for Social Security disability benefits, Grantee shall
be presumed to be Disabled as defined herein.” 
 (18) The definition of EPS in Section 15.21 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as
follows: 
 “15.21 “EPS” for PNC or another Peer, for purposes of the Agreement, is calculated, for a
given full year or shorter 3, 6, or 9 month period, as: (a) the publicly-reported diluted earnings per share of such Peer for that year (or shorter 3, 6, or 9 month period) prepared in accordance with GAAP; then (b) adjusted, where
applicable, on an after-tax basis, for the impact of any extraordinary items, discontinued operations, acquisition costs and merger integration costs, and stock splits (whether in the form of a stock split or a stock dividend), all as determined on
the basis of publicly-reported financial information; provided, however, that for purposes of calculating EPS Growth with respect to PNC or another Peer for any full or partial 2008 period only, EPS, as defined in this
Section 15.21, for 2007 and 2008 periods as applicable shall be further adjusted, where applicable, on an after-tax basis, for the impact of any item for which such impact was the result of a change in tax law and for the impact of certain
Visa-related items (as described below). 
 All of the preceding terms, other than acquisition costs and merger integration
costs where applicable and certain Visa-related items where applicable, will have the meanings assigned to such terms in accordance with GAAP. All after-tax adjustments for PNC and for all other Peers will be calculated using the same methodology
for making such adjustments on an after-tax basis. EPS, as used in the Agreement, will include adjustments, where otherwise applicable, for the impact of any item for which such impact was the result of a change in tax law, for the impact of any
acquisition costs and merger integration costs, and for the impact of certain Visa-related items (as described below) only where such amounts, including with respect to PNC, can be reasonably determined from publicly-disclosed financial information.
EPS will be rounded to the nearest one cent (e.g., $0.00, with $0.005 being rounded upward to $0.01). 
  

 January 2008 
 -70- 

 “Certain Visa-related items” for PNC or another Peer will mean, as
applicable, (1) the expenses or charges recorded by PNC or another Peer that is a financial institution member of Visa U.S.A. Inc. card association or its affiliates (“Visa”) for obligations to Visa with respect to the costs of
specified litigation or the gains / reversal of expense recognized by PNC or such other Peer in connection with the satisfaction of such obligations and (2) any other gains recognized by PNC or such other Peer on the redemption or sale of their
Visa shares with proceeds of Visa’s initial public offering. 
 The Committee may, in its discretion, direct management
to provide additional information to the Committee on the impact that other specified adjustments, applied on a consistent basis to the EPS of each member of the Peer Group, would have had on relative EPS Growth performance, but no such other
adjustments will have the effect of increasing the Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount or the Final Award.” 
 (19) The definition of EPS Growth
in Section 15.22 is amended by inserting the phrase “(calculated as set forth in Section 15.21)” after the term EPS each time the term EPS appears in Section 15.22, and by replacing the phrase “dividing the resulting
number by the EPS” at the beginning of clause (2) of that definition with the phrase “dividing the resulting number by the absolute value of the EPS”. 
 (20) The definition of Final Potential Payout Percentage in Section 15.26 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: 
 “15.26 “Final Potential Payout Percentage.” 
 Where a Final Award determination is made pursuant to Section 5, the term “Final Potential Payout Percentage” will
have the meaning set forth in (a) or (b) below, whichever is applicable in the circumstances. 
 (a) Where the Performance Period specified by the applicable section of the
Agreement is the full three-year period commencing January 1, 2006 through and including December 31, 2008, then the Final Potential Payout Percentage will be the percentage that is the average (but in no event greater than 200%) of the
Annual Potential Payout Percentages for the three full covered years in the Performance Period (i.e., one-third ( 1/3rd) of the sum of the annual percentages for the full years 2006, 2007 and 2008). If all of the Annual Potential Payout Percentages are 0%, then the Final Potential Payout Percentage will be 0%. 
 (b) Where the applicable performance measurement date specified by the Agreement is a quarter-end or year-end date other than
December 31, 2008, then the Final Potential Payout Percentage will be a Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage and will be calculated as set forth in Section 15.33. 
  

 January 2008 
 -71- 

 Where a Final Award is deemed to be awarded pursuant to Section 6 by reason of the
occurrence of a Change in Control, the payout calculation will be as set forth in the applicable subsection of Section 6.” 
 (21) Clause
(a) of the definition of Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage in Section 15.33 is amended by revising clause (a)(ii) to read as follows: “(ii) the number of full completed quarters in the partial year of the applicable
limited Performance Period, times the Limited-Year Annual Potential Payout Percentage for that partial year;”. 
 (22) The definition of Limited-Year
Annual Potential Payout Percentage in Section 15.34 is amended by replacing the phrase “in the last paragraph” with the phrase “in the last two paragraphs”. 
 (23) The definition of Retires or Retirement in Section 15.48 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: 
 “15.48 “Retires” or “Retirement”. Grantee
“Retires” if his or her employment with the Corporation terminates (a) at any time on or after the first (1st) day of the
first (1st) month coincident with or next following the date on which Grantee attains age fifty-five (55) and completes five
(5) years of service (where a year of service is determined in the same manner as the determination of a year of Vesting Service under the provisions of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. Pension Plan) with the Corporation and (b) for
a reason other than termination by reason of Grantee’s death or by the Corporation for Cause or, unless the Committee or its delegate determines otherwise, termination in connection with a divestiture of assets or a divestiture of one or more
subsidiaries. If Grantee “Retires” as defined herein, the termination of Grantee’s employment with the Corporation is sometimes referred to as “Retirement”.” 
 (24) The definition of ROCE in Section 15.49 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: 
 “15.49 “ROCE”. For purposes of calculating ROCE performance with respect to PNC or another Peer under the Agreement
for any given 2006 or 2007 period only, ROCE shall be calculated, on the basis of publicly-reported financial information, as the percentage obtained by (1) dividing the annualized net income of such Peer by average annualized common
shareholders’ equity as adjusted by excluding goodwill, all adjusted as applicable for the cumulative effects of accounting changes, extraordinary items, discontinued operations, and acquisition costs and merger integration costs, and
(2) expressing the resulting amount as a percent, rounded to the nearest one-hundredth (e.g., 0.00%, with 0.005% being rounded upward to 0.01%). 
 For purposes of calculating ROCE with respect to PNC or another Peer under the Agreement for any given 2008 period only, ROCE shall be
calculated, 

  

 January 2008 
 -72- 

 
on the basis of publicly-reported financial information, as the percentage obtained by (1) dividing (x) the annualized net income of such Peer, as
adjusted, on an after-tax basis, for the impact of any item for which such impact was the result of a change in tax law, for the impact of any extraordinary items, discontinued operations, acquisition costs and merger integration costs, and certain
Visa-related items (as described below), as applicable, by (y) average annualized common shareholders’ equity, as adjusted by excluding the impact of any goodwill, and (2) expressing the resulting amount as a percent, rounded to the
nearest one-hundredth (e.g., 0.00%, with 0.005% being rounded upward to 0.01%). 
 “Certain Visa-related
items” for PNC or another Peer will mean, as applicable, (1) the expenses or charges recorded by PNC or another Peer that is a financial institution member of Visa U.S.A. Inc. card association or its affiliates
(“Visa”) for obligations to Visa with respect to the costs of specified litigation or the gains / reversal of expense recognized by PNC or such other Peer on the redemption or sale of their Visa shares in connection with the
satisfaction of such obligations and (2) any other gains recognized by PNC or such other Peer on the redemption or sale of their Visa shares with proceeds of Visa’s initial public offering. 
 Where the Agreement requires a measurement of ROCE with respect to PNC and the other Peers for a given period that is a partial rather
than a full year, ROCE for purposes of the Agreement will be calculated in the same manner as set forth above but using net income, as adjusted, for such 3, 6 or 9 month period in place of annualized net income, as adjusted, and using average common
shareholders’ equity for that year-to-date period, as adjusted, in place of average annualized common shareholders’ equity, as adjusted, all on the basis of publicly-reported financial information and all adjusted for the impact of the
same items, if any, as set forth above, and expressed as a percent, rounded to the nearest one-hundredth (e.g., 0.00%, with 0.005% being rounded upward to 0.01%). 
 All of the preceding terms used in this definition of ROCE, other than acquisition costs and merger integration costs where applicable and
certain Visa-related items (as described above) where applicable, will have the meanings assigned to such terms in accordance with GAAP. All after-tax adjustments for PNC and for all other Peers will be calculated using the same methodology for
making such adjustments on an after-tax basis. ROCE, as used in the Agreement, will include adjustments, where otherwise applicable, for the impact of any item for which such impact was the result of a change in tax law, for the impact of any
acquisition costs and merger integration costs, and for the impact of certain Visa-related items only where such amounts, including with respect to PNC, can be reasonably determined from publicly-disclosed financial information. 
 The Committee may, in its discretion, direct management to provide additional information to the Committee on the impact that other
specified adjustments, applied on a consistent basis to the ROCE of each member of the 

  

 January 2008 
 -73- 

 
Peer Group, would have had on relative ROCE performance, but no such other adjustments will have the effect of increasing the Calculated Maximum Potential
Payout Amount or the Final Award.” 
 (25) The definition of Transition Factor in Section 15.57 is deleted in its entirety. 
 20. Acceptance of Grant; PNC Right to Cancel; Effectiveness of Agreement. 
 If Grantee does not accept the Grant by executing and delivering a copy of the Agreement to PNC, without altering or changing the terms thereof in any
way, within thirty (30) days of receipt by Grantee of a copy of the Agreement, PNC may, in its sole discretion, withdraw its offer and cancel the Grant at any time prior to Grantee’s delivery to PNC of a copy of the Agreement executed by
Grantee. Otherwise, upon execution and delivery of the Agreement by both PNC and Grantee, the Agreement is effective. 
  

 January 2008 
 -74- 

 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, PNC has caused the Agreement to be
signed on its behalf as of the Grant Date. 
  

			
	THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

	
	Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
	
	ATTEST:
		
	By:	 	  

	
	Corporate Secretary
	
	ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO by GRANTEE
	
	  

	Grantee

  

 January 2008 
 -75- 

 2008 SCHEDULES 
 FOR 
 2008-2010 INCENTIVE PERFORMANCE UNITS AGREEMENT, 
 2007-2009 INCENTIVE PERFORMANCE UNITS AGREEMENT, 
 AND 
 2006-2008 INCENTIVE PERFORMANCE UNIT AGREEMENT 
 * * * 
 2008 ANNUAL PEER GROUP 
 * * * 
 The Peer Group for 2008 consists of the following members: 
 BB&T Corporation 
 Comerica Inc. 
 Fifth Third Bancorp 
 KeyCorp 
 National City Corporation 
 PNC 
 Regions Financial Corporation 
 SunTrust Banks, Inc. 
 U.S. Bancorp 
 Wachovia Corporation 
 Wells Fargo & Company 
  

 January 2008 
 -76- 

 * * * 
 2008 ANNUAL POTENTIAL PAYOUT CALCULATION SCHEDULE 
 * * * 
 The Annual Potential Payout Percentage for 2008 (“2008 Annual Potential Payout Percentage”) will be the average of the 2008 potential payout
percentage for EPS Growth performance and the 2008 potential payout percentage for ROCE performance, rounded to the nearest one-hundredth percent (e.g., 0.00%, with 0.005% being rounded upward to 0.01%). 
 If the 2008 potential payout percentage with respect to either EPS Growth performance or ROCE
performance is 0% but is a positive number with respect to the other performance standard, the 2008 Annual Potential Payout Percentage will be the percentage that is one-half ( 1/2) of that positive number. If the 2008 potential payout percentage with respect to both EPS Growth performance and ROCE performance is 0%, the 2008 Annual Potential Payout Percentage will
be 0%. 
 The 2008 potential payout percentages for EPS Growth performance and ROCE performance, respectively, will be determined by
reference to the chart set forth in Item (1) below for the percentage or percentage range, as applicable, and then, where the result is a percentage range, that range will be refined in accordance with Item (2) below to determine the
specific percentage within the range, all subject to Committee negative discretion as specified in Item (3) below. 
 (1) Percentage
Range. The 2008 potential payout percentage for each of EPS Growth performance and ROCE performance will be the percentage that corresponds to PNC’s ranking with respect to that performance standard in the following chart. Where the chart
indicates a percentage range rather than a specific percentage, the specific percentage within that range will depend on PNC’s performance relative to that of the Peers ranked immediately above and below PNC (“Peer A” and “Peer
B,” respectively), and will be calculated as set forth in Item (2) below. 
  

				
	 Peer Group Position with respect
 to EPS
Growth Performance or
 ROCE Performance
	  	Potential
Payout
Percentage	 
	 Top Performer
	  	200	%
	 #2
	  	170-190	%
	 #3
	  	150-170	%
	 #4
	  	130-150	%
	 #5
	  	110-130	%
	 #6
	  	90-110	%
	 #7
	  	70-90	%
	 #8
	  	50-70	%
	 #9
	  	30-50	%
	 #10
	  	0	%
	 #11
	  	0	%

  

 January 2008 
 -77- 

 Peer Group positions in the chart will be determined by calculating, using the definitions set forth in
the applicable grant agreement (the 2008-2010 Incentive Performance Units Agreement, the 2007-2009 Incentive Performance Units Agreement, or the 2006-2008 Incentive Performance Unit Agreement, as the case may be), the EPS Growth performance or ROCE
performance, as the case may be, achieved for 2008 by each then existing member of the 2008 Peer Group and then ranking each such member of the 2008 Peer Group by that performance, with the Peer with the best 2008 performance being ranked the Top
Performer, the Peer with the second best 2008 performance being ranked #2, and so on. The potential payout percentages or percentage ranges in the chart by Peer Group position will remain unchanged even if the number of Peers in the Peer Group by
the end of 2008 has been reduced, due, for example, to consolidations, mergers, or other material corporate reorganizations. 
 (2)
Refinements Within Percentage Range. If PNC achieves Top Performer ranking, the 2008 potential payout percentage for that performance standard will be 200%, subject to Item (3) below. If PNC’s 2008 performance compared to the 2008
performance of the other then existing Peers ranks PNC as #10 or lower, the 2008 potential payout percentage for that performance standard will be 0%. Otherwise, subject to Item (3) below, the 2008 potential payout percentage with respect to a
given performance standard will be equal to the following sum ((i) plus (ii)): 
  

	 	(i)	the percentage that is the lowest percentage number of the range that corresponds to PNC’s ranking as set forth in the chart, 

 plus 
  

	 	(ii)	X%, where “X” is the product of 20 (the size of the range) and a fraction equal to “Y” divided by “Z”, where: 

 “Y” is the difference between PNC’s 2008 performance and Peer B’s 2008 performance, 
 and 
 “Z” is the difference
between Peer A’s 2008 performance and Peer B’s 2008 performance. 
 If there is no Peer B by the end of 2008, then the 2008
potential payout percentage for that performance standard will be the percentage that is the midpoint of the percentage range set forth in the chart for PNC’s ranking. 
 (3) Committee Negative Discretion. Once the specific potential payout percentages for PNC’s 2008 EPS Growth performance and 2008 ROCE
performance have been determined by reference to the chart in accordance with Items (1) and (2) above, the Committee may, in its discretion, decide to reduce either or both of those percentages (as long as such decision is not made during
a CIC Coverage Period, as defined in the applicable grant agreement) but may not increase them. 
  

 January 2008 
 -78- 

 2007 SCHEDULES 
 FOR 
 2007-2009 INCENTIVE PERFORMANCE UNITS AGREEMENT 
 AND 
 2006-2008 INCENTIVE PERFORMANCE UNIT AGREEMENT 
 * * * 
 2007 ANNUAL PEER GROUP 
 * * * 
 The Peer Group for 2007 consists of the following
members: 
 BB&T Corporation 
 Comerica Inc. 
 Fifth Third Bancorp 
 KeyCorp 
 National City Corporation 
 PNC 
 Regions Financial Corporation 
 SunTrust Banks, Inc. 
 U.S. Bancorp 
 Wachovia Corporation 
 Wells Fargo & Company 
  

 January 2008 
 -79- 

 * * * 
 2007 ANNUAL POTENTIAL PAYOUT CALCULATION SCHEDULE 
 * * * 
 The Annual Potential Payout Percentage for 2007 (“2007 Annual Potential Payout Percentage”) will be the average of the 2007 potential payout
percentage for EPS Growth performance and the 2007 potential payout percentage for ROCE performance, rounded to the nearest one-hundredth percent (e.g., 0.00%, with 0.005% being rounded upward to 0.01%). 
 If the 2007 potential payout percentage with respect to either EPS Growth performance or ROCE
performance is 0% but is a positive number with respect to the other performance standard, the 2007 Annual Potential Payout Percentage will be the percentage that is one-half ( 1/2) of that positive number. If the 2007 potential payout percentage with respect to both EPS Growth performance and ROCE performance is 0%, the 2007 Annual Potential Payout Percentage will
be 0%. 
 The 2007 potential payout percentages for EPS Growth performance and ROCE performance, respectively, will be determined as
follows. 
 (1) Percentage Range. The 2007 potential payout percentage for each of EPS Growth performance and ROCE performance will be
the percentage that corresponds to PNC’s ranking with respect to that performance standard in the following chart. Where the chart indicates a percentage range rather than a specific percentage, the specific percentage within that range will
depend on PNC’s performance relative to that of the Peers ranked immediately above and below PNC (“Peer A” and “Peer B,” respectively), and will be calculated as set forth in Item (2) below. 
  

				
	 Peer Group Position with respect
 to EPS
Growth Performance or
 ROCE Performance
	  	Potential
Payout
Percentage	 
	 Top Performer
	  	200	%
	 #2
	  	170-190	%
	 #3
	  	150-170	%
	 #4
	  	130-150	%
	 #5
	  	110-130	%
	 #6
	  	90-110	%
	 #7
	  	70-90	%
	 #8
	  	50-70	%
	 #9
	  	30-50	%
	 #10
	  	0	%
	 #11
	  	0	%

  

 January 2008 
 -80- 

 Peer Group positions in the chart will be determined by calculating, using the definitions set forth in
[the applicable grant agreement: the 2007-2009 Incentive Performance Units Agreement or the 2006-2008 Incentive Performance Unit Agreement, as the case may be], the EPS Growth performance or ROCE performance, as the case may be, achieved for 2007 by
each then existing member of the 2007 Peer Group and then ranking each such member of the 2007 Peer Group by that performance, with the Peer with the best 2007 performance being ranked the Top Performer, the Peer with the second best 2007
performance being ranked #2, and so on. The potential payout percentages or percentage ranges in the chart by Peer Group position will remain unchanged even if the number of Peers in the Peer Group by the end of 2007 has been reduced, due, for
example, to consolidations, mergers, or other material corporate reorganizations. 
 (2) Refinements Within Percentage Range. If PNC
achieves Top Performer ranking, the 2007 potential payout percentage for that performance standard will be 200%, subject to Item (3) below. If PNC’s 2007 performance compared to the 2007 performance of the other then existing Peers ranks
PNC as #10 or lower, the 2007 potential payout percentage for that performance standard will be 0%. Otherwise, subject to Item (3) below, the 2007 potential payout percentage with respect to a given performance standard will be equal to the
following sum ((i) plus (ii)): 
  

	 	(i)	the percentage that is the lowest percentage number of the range that corresponds to PNC’s ranking as set forth in the chart, 

 plus 
  

	 	(ii)	X%, where “X” is the product of 20 (the size of the range) and a fraction equal to “Y” divided by “Z”, where: 

 “Y” is the difference between PNC’s 2007 performance and Peer B’s 2007 performance, 
 and 
 “Z” is the difference
between Peer A’s 2007 performance and Peer B’s 2007 performance. 
 If there is no Peer B by the end of 2007, then the 2007
potential payout percentage for that performance standard will be the percentage that is the midpoint of the percentage range set forth in the chart for PNC’s ranking. 
 (3) Committee Negative Discretion. Once the specific potential payout percentages for PNC’s 2007 EPS Growth performance and 2007 ROCE
performance have been determined by reference to the chart in accordance with Items (1) and (2) above, the Committee may, in its discretion, decide to reduce either or both of those percentages (as long as such decision is not made during
a CIC Coverage Period, as 

  

 January 2008 
 -81- 

 
defined in [the applicable grant agreement: the 2007-2009 Incentive Performance Units Agreement or the 2006-2008 Incentive Performance Unit Agreement, as the
case may be]) but may not increase them. 
  

 January 2008 
 -82- 

 2006 SCHEDULES 
 FOR 
 2006-2008 INCENTIVE PERFORMANCE UNIT AGREEMENT 
 * * * 
 2006 ANNUAL PEER GROUP 

 * * * 
 The Peer Group for 2006
consists of the following members: 
 BB&T Corporation 
 Bank
of New York Company, Inc. 
 Fifth Third Bancorp 
 KeyCorp

 National City Corporation 
 PNC 
 Regions Financial Corporation 
 SunTrust Banks, Inc. 
 U.S. Bancorp 
 Wachovia Corporation 
 Wells Fargo & Company 
  

 January 2008 
 -83- 

 * * * 
 2006 ANNUAL POTENTIAL PAYOUT SCHEDULE 
 * * * 
 The Annual Potential Payout Percentage for 2006 (“2006 Annual Potential Payout Percentage”) will be the average of the 2006 potential payout percentage for EPS Growth performance and the 2006 potential
payout percentage for ROCE performance, rounded to the nearest one-hundredth percent (e.g., 0.00%, with 0.005% being rounded upward to 0.01%). 
 If the 2006 potential payout percentage with respect to either EPS Growth performance or ROCE
performance is 0% but is a positive number with respect to the other performance standard, the 2006 Annual Potential Payout Percentage will be the percentage that is one-half ( 1/2) of that positive number. If the 2006 potential payout percentage with respect to both EPS Growth performance and ROCE performance is 0%, the 2006 Annual Potential Payout Percentage will
be 0%. 
 The 2006 potential payout percentages for EPS Growth performance and ROCE performance, respectively, will be determined as
follows. 
 (1) Percentage Range. The 2006 potential payout percentage for each of EPS Growth performance and ROCE performance will be
the percentage that corresponds to PNC’s ranking with respect to that performance standard in the following chart. Where the chart indicates a percentage range rather than a specific percentage, the specific percentage within that range will
depend on PNC’s performance relative to that of the Peers ranked immediately above and below PNC (“Peer A” and “Peer B,” respectively), and will be calculated as set forth in Item (2) below. 
  

				
	 Peer Group Position with respect
 to EPS
Growth Performance or
 ROCE Performance
	  	Potential
Payout
Percentage	 
	 Top Performer
	  	200	%
	 #2
	  	170-190	%
	 #3
	  	150-170	%
	 #4
	  	130-150	%
	 #5
	  	110-130	%
	 #6
	  	90-110	%
	 #7
	  	70-90	%
	 #8
	  	50-70	%
	 #9
	  	30-50	%
	 #10
	  	0	%
	 #11
	  	0	%

  

 January 2008 
 -84- 

 Peer Group positions in the chart will be determined by calculating, using the definitions set forth in
the 2006-2008 Incentive Performance Unit Agreement, the EPS Growth performance or ROCE performance, as the case may be, achieved for 2006 by each then existing member of the 2006 Peer Group and then ranking each such member of the 2006 Peer Group by
that performance, with the Peer with the best 2006 performance being ranked the Top Performer, the Peer with the second best 2006 performance being ranked #2, and so on. The potential payout percentages or percentage ranges in the chart by Peer
Group position will remain unchanged even if the number of Peers in the Peer Group by the end of 2006 has been reduced, due, for example, to consolidations, mergers, or other material corporate reorganizations. 
 (2) Refinements Within Percentage Range. If PNC achieves Top Performer ranking, the 2006 potential payout percentage for that performance standard
will be 200%, subject to Item (3) below. If PNC’s 2006 performance compared to the 2006 performance of the other then existing Peers ranks PNC as #10 or lower, the 2006 potential payout percentage for that performance standard will be 0%.
Otherwise, subject to Item (3) below, the 2006 potential payout percentage with respect to a given performance standard will be equal to the following sum ((i) plus (ii)): 
  

	 	(i)	the percentage that is the lowest percentage number of the range that corresponds to PNC’s ranking as set forth in the chart, 

 plus 
  

	 	(ii)	X%, where “X” is the product of 20 (the size of the range) and a fraction equal to “Y” divided by “Z”, where: 

 “Y” is the difference between PNC’s 2006 performance and Peer B’s 2006 performance, 
 and 
 “Z” is the difference
between Peer A’s 2006 performance and Peer B’s 2006 performance. 
 If there is no Peer B by the end of 2006, then the 2006
potential payout percentage for that performance standard will be the percentage that is the midpoint of the percentage range set forth in the chart for PNC’s ranking. 
 (3) Committee Negative Discretion. Once the specific potential payout percentages for PNC’s 2006 EPS Growth performance and 2006 ROCE
performance have been determined by reference to the chart in accordance with Items (1) and (2) above, the Committee may, in its discretion, decide to reduce either or both of those percentages (as long as such decision is not made during
a CIC Coverage Period, as defined in the 2006-2008 Incentive Performance Unit Agreement) but may not increase them. 
  

 January 2008 
 -85- 

 FORM OF PERFORMANCE UNITS AGREEMENT 
 2008 Performance Units Grant 
 Performance Period: January 1, 2008—December 31, 2010 (3 Years) 
 Performance Criteria: Annual Levels of Financial Return from Investing Activities 
 Achieved by PNC’s A&L Unit Relative to Benchmark Index 
 100% Vests on Final Award 
 THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC. 
 2006
INCENTIVE AWARD PLAN 
 * * * 
 2008 PERFORMANCE UNITS AGREEMENT 
 * * * 
  

			
	GRANTEE:	  	[Name]
		
	GRANT DATE:	  	February 13, 2008
		
	TARGET SHARE UNITS:	  	47,000 Share Units

  
  
 1. Definitions. Certain terms used in this 2008 Performance Units Agreement (“Agreement”) are defined in Section 14 or elsewhere in
the Agreement, and such definitions will apply except where the context otherwise indicates. 
 In the Agreement, “PNC” means The
PNC Financial Services Group, Inc., “Corporation” means PNC and its Consolidated Subsidiaries, and “Plan” means The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. 2006 Incentive Award Plan. 
 2. Grant of 2008 Performance Units. Pursuant to the Plan and subject to the terms and conditions of the Agreement, PNC hereby grants to the
grantee named above (“Grant” and “Grantee”) a Share-denominated incentive award opportunity of Performance Units with the number of target Share Units set forth above (“Target Share Units”). 
 The Grant is subject to the corporate performance conditions, employment conditions, and other terms and conditions of this Agreement and to the Plan, to
final award determination, and to Grantee’s acceptance of the Grant in accordance with Section 19. Payment of any Final Award (as defined in Section 14.23) authorized 

  

 February 2008 
 -86- 

 
pursuant to the Agreement will generally be made in cash in an amount equal to the number of Share Units specified in the Final Award multiplied by the per
share price of PNC common stock on the award date (sometimes referred to in the Agreement as payment in “cash Share-equivalents”). 
 In general, the Grant is an opportunity for Grantee to receive, at the end of the applicable performance period, an award in cash Share-equivalents based on the degree to which specified corporate performance criteria for PNC’s
Asset & Liability Unit (“A&L Unit”) have been achieved, as determined by the Committee (defined in Section 14.15) and subject to its negative discretion, or otherwise in accordance with the terms of the Agreement,
provided that Grantee satisfies the employment conditions specified in the Agreement (or qualifies for a specified exception and is deemed to have satisfied those employment conditions) and the other conditions of the Agreement are met. 

The potential maximum award payout that Grantee will be eligible to receive will be denominated in Share Units and will be expressed as a percentage
of the Target Share Units. The number of Target Share Units for this Grant is set forth on page 1 of the Agreement. The potential maximum award payout percentage will be determined by the levels of financial return from investing activities that the
A&L Unit achieves relative to benchmark performance (in basis points) for each of the three years in the overall performance period and by the potential award payout calculation schedules established by the Committee, giving equal weight to each
of the three covered years, subject to certain limitations or adjustments if there is an early termination or limitation of the performance measurement period (e.g., if Grantee dies or has a qualifying retirement or if there is a Change in
Control, as defined herein, during a performance measurement period). 
 Absent a Change in Control (as defined herein), the Committee will
determine the Final Award, if any, that Grantee receives within this calculated maximum potential payout amount, generally in early 2011 (or early in 2009 or 2010 in the event of Grantee’s death prior to that time). The Committee may adjust the
Final Award downward, but not upward, from this calculated performance-based amount. This potential award payout amount could be as high as 200% of the Target Share Units for A&L Unit performance significantly above the applicable benchmark
index as specified by the Agreement for each year of the three-year performance period and if Grantee remains an employee of the Corporation throughout the full three-year performance period, or it could be zero if the A&L Unit fails to achieve
at least the threshold level of performance specified for an award in the Agreement schedules with respect to such performance standards and years. 
 Any Final Award payout authorized pursuant to this Grant will generally be paid in cash Share-equivalents. The Grant must still be outstanding at the time a Final Award determination is made for Grantee to be eligible to receive an award,
and any Final Award and payment thereof is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement and to the Plan. 
  

 February 2008 
 -87- 

 The Agreement also provides a formula for calculation of the Final Award in the event of a Change in
Control of PNC and for the form and timing of payment of any such award. 
 3. Corporate Performance Conditions. The Grant is subject
to the following corporate performance conditions. 
 3.1 Performance Criteria. The corporate performance standards established by the
Committee as the performance criteria for the Performance Units are the levels of financial return from investing activities achieved by the A&L Unit relative to applicable Benchmark Performance Index, as defined in Section 14.5. This
A&L Unit investment performance is measured annually for each year (or shorter partial-year period where required by the Agreement) in the Performance Period, as defined in Section 14.35. 
 3.2 Benchmark Performance Indices and Annual Potential Payout Calculation Schedules. The Committee has determined that the Benchmark Performance
Index for each year (or shorter partial-year period where required by the Agreement) in the Performance Period will be the same benchmark performance index that PNC uses internally to evaluate the investment performance of the A&L Unit as in
effect as of March 30 of that year, so that, for example, 2008 performance will be compared to PNC’s internal performance benchmark index for the A&L Unit in effect on March 30, 2008, 2009 performance will be compared to
PNC’s internal performance benchmark index for the A&L Unit in effect on March 30, 2009, etc. 
 The Committee also
establishes the applicable Annual Potential Payout Calculation Schedules (as defined in Section 14.3) with respect to this Grant for the full years, and/or portion of a year where a limited-year calculation applies, in the Performance Period.
The Schedule established by the Committee at the time it authorized this Grant shall apply to all full and partial covered years in the Performance Period unless and until amended prospectively by the Committee. 
 3.3 Calculation of Applicable Annual Potential Payout Percentages. After the end of each year of the Performance Period, PNC will:
(1) determine the level of financial return from investing activities achieved by the A&L Unit for the applicable period and the comparison in basis points of such performance to the applicable Benchmark Performance Index; and
(2) calculate the Annual Potential Payout Percentage, as defined in Section 14.2, achieved by the A&L Unit for that year. Such results will be presented to the Committee. 
 Where the Agreement requires the calculation of an Annual Potential Payout Percentage for a given period that is less than a full year (e.g., upon
certain qualifying terminations or Change in Control), PNC will determine the level of financial return from investing activities achieved by the A&L Unit relative to benchmark for that limited period and the Limited-Year Annual Potential Payout
Percentage for that limited period as so required by the Agreement. 
  

 February 2008 
 -88- 

 4. Grantee Service Requirement and Limitation of Potential Award; Early Termination of Grant. The
Grant is subject to the following employment conditions. 
 4.1 Eligibility for an Award; Employment Conditions and Early Termination of
Grant. Grantee will not be eligible to receive a Final Award unless the Grant remains outstanding on the Committee-determined Award Date (as defined in Section 14.4) or as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day on which a
Change in Control occurs, if earlier. 
 The Grant will automatically terminate on Grantee’s Termination Date (as defined in
Section 14.49) unless an exception is available as set forth in Section 4.2, Section 4.3, Section 4.4 or Section 4.5. Where one or more of the conditions to an exception are post-employment conditions, the Grant will
terminate upon the failure of any of those conditions. 
 In the event that Grantee’s employment is terminated by the Corporation for
Cause (as defined in Section 14.8), the Grant will automatically terminate on Grantee’s Termination Date whether or not the termination might otherwise have qualified for an exception as a retirement or a disability termination pursuant to
Section 4.3 or Section 4.4. 
 In the limited circumstances where the Grant remains outstanding notwithstanding Grantee’s
termination of employment with the Corporation, Grantee will be eligible for consideration for an award, subject to limitation as set forth in the applicable section of the Agreement. Said award, if any, will be determined and payable at the same
time that such an award would have been determined and payable had Grantee remained a Corporation employee, except that in the case of death, the determination and payment of said award, if any, shall be accelerated if so indicated in accordance
with the applicable provisions of Section 5 or Section 6, as applicable, and Section 7. 
 Any award that the Committee may
determine to make after Grantee’s death will be paid to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance with Section 9. 
 Notwithstanding anything in Section 4 or Section 5 to the contrary, if a Change in Control (as defined in Section 14.10) occurs prior to
the time the Committee makes a Final Award determination pursuant to Section 5.2 (that is, prior to the Committee-determined Award Date), an award will be determined in accordance with Section 6. 
 4.2 Death While an Employee. If Grantee dies while an employee of the Corporation and prior to the Committee-determined Award Date, the Grant will
remain outstanding and Grantee will be eligible for consideration for a prorated award calculated in accordance with Section 5.1(b), with an applicable performance measurement date (as defined in Section 5.1) of the earlier of the last day
of the year in which the death occurred and December 31, 2010, and payable in accordance with Section 7. 
  

 February 2008 
 -89- 

 Any such award will be subject to Committee determination pursuant to Section 5.2, and may be
reduced or eliminated by the Committee in the exercise of its negative discretion unless such determination occurs during a CIC Coverage Period (as defined in Section 14.11). 
 In the event that a Change in Control occurs prior to the time the Committee makes an award determination with respect to Grantee (either to award a
specified amount or not to authorize any award), an award will be deemed to be made pursuant to Section 6, calculated as specified in Section 6.1(b) and payable in accordance with Section 7. 
 4.3 Qualifying Retirement. If Grantee Retires (as defined in Section 14.43) prior to the Committee-determined Award Date and the termination
of employment is not also a termination by the Corporation for Cause, the Grant will remain outstanding post-employment; provided, however, that PNC may terminate the Grant at any time prior to the Award Date, other than during a CIC
Coverage Period, upon determination that Grantee has engaged in Detrimental Conduct (as defined in Section 14.19). If Grantee is Disabled (as defined in Section 14.20) at the time of Retirement and Section 4.4 is also applicable to
Grantee, that subsection will govern rather than this Section 4.3. 
 Provided that the Grant has not been terminated prior to the award
date for Detrimental Conduct and is still outstanding at that time, Grantee will be eligible for Committee consideration of a prorated award at the time that such an award, if any, would have been considered had Grantee remained a Corporation
employee, calculated in accordance with Section 5.1(c) with a performance measurement date of the last day of the last full quarter completed on or prior to Grantee’s Retirement date, but in no event later than December 31, 2010, and
payable in accordance with Section 7. 
 Any such award will be subject to Committee determination pursuant to Section 5.2, and may
be reduced or eliminated by the Committee in the exercise of its negative discretion unless such determination occurs during a CIC Coverage Period. 
 If Grantee dies after a qualifying Retirement but before the time set forth above for consideration of an award and provided that the Grant has not been terminated for Detrimental Conduct and is still outstanding at the time of
Grantee’s death, the Committee may consider an award for Grantee and make an award determination with respect to Grantee (either to award a specified amount or not to authorize any award). Any such award determination will be made and such
award, if any, will be calculated in accordance with Section 5.1(c) as described above but will be paid in accordance with Section 7 during the calendar year immediately following the year in which Grantee’s death occurs, if the death
occurs on or prior to December 31, 2010, or in 2011 if the death occurs in 2011 but prior to the Award Date. 
  

 February 2008 
 -90- 

 In the event that a Change in Control occurs prior to a Committee-determined Award Date, an award will be
deemed to be made pursuant to Section 6, calculated as specified in Section 6.1(c) and payable in accordance with Section 7. 
 4.4 Qualifying Disability Termination. If Grantee’s employment with the Corporation is terminated by reason of Disability (as defined in Section 14.20) prior to the Committee-determined Award Date and the termination of
employment is not also a termination by the Corporation for Cause, the Grant will remain outstanding post-employment; provided, however, that PNC may terminate the Grant at any time prior to the Award Date, other than during a CIC
Coverage Period, upon determination that Grantee has engaged in Detrimental Conduct (as defined in Section 14.19). 
 Provided that the
Grant is still outstanding at that time, Grantee will be eligible for Committee consideration of a full award at the time that such an award, if any, would have been considered had Grantee remained a Corporation employee, calculated in accordance
with Section 5.1(d) and payable in accordance with Section 7. 
 Any such award will be subject to Committee determination pursuant
to Section 5.2, and may be reduced or eliminated by the Committee in the exercise of its negative discretion unless such determination occurs during a CIC Coverage Period. Although Grantee will be eligible for consideration for a full award
(Standard Payout Calculation) at the scheduled time, it is anticipated that the Committee will take into account the timing and circumstances of the disability when deciding whether and the extent to which to exercise its negative discretion.

 If Grantee dies after a qualifying disability termination but before the time set forth above for consideration of an award and provided
that the Grant has not been terminated for Detrimental Conduct and is still outstanding at the time of Grantee’s death, the Committee may consider an award for Grantee and make an award determination with respect to Grantee (either to award a
specified amount or not to authorize any award). Any such award determination will be made and such award, if any, will be paid in accordance with Section 7 during the year immediately following the year in which Grantee’s death occurs, if
the death occurs on or prior to December 31, 2010, or in 2011 if the death occurs in 2011 but prior to the Award Date; provided, however, that the maximum award that may be approved in these circumstances is the award that could
have been authorized had Grantee died while an employee of the Corporation. 
 In the event that a Change in Control occurs prior to a
Committee-determined Award Date, an award will be deemed to be made pursuant to Section 6, calculated as specified in Section 6.1(d) and payable in accordance with Section 7. 
 4.5 Qualifying Termination in Anticipation of a Change in Control. If Grantee’s termination of employment satisfies the conditions set forth
in Section 14.41 such that it is a Qualifying Termination in Anticipation of a Change in Control, then the Grant will remain outstanding notwithstanding Grantee’s termination of employment with the Corporation and the Grant will not
be subject to termination for Detrimental Conduct. 
  

 February 2008 
 -91- 

 To the extent that the conditions set forth in Section 14.41 are conditions that must be satisfied
during a stated post-employment period, the Grant will remain outstanding during that period until it is determined that such conditions either have or have not been satisfied. If the conditions are not satisfied, the Grant will terminate unless
Grantee meets one of the other exceptions set forth in this Section 4. 
 If all of the conditions set forth in Section 14.41 are
satisfied, Grantee will be eligible for consideration for an award pursuant to Section 5.2, calculated in accordance with Section 5.1(e), or will receive an award pursuant to Section 6, calculated as specified in Section 6.1(e),
as applicable. Any such award will be payable in accordance with Section 7. 
 If Grantee dies after a Qualifying Termination in
Anticipation of a Change in Control but prior to the time the Committee makes an award determination pursuant to Section 5.2 or a Change-in-Control-determined Award Date, Grantee will be eligible for Committee consideration of an award of the
greater of the award Grantee could have received had he died while an employee of the Corporation or an award determined as set forth in Section 5.1(e). If a Change in Control occurs prior to a Committee-determined Award Date, Grantee will be
deemed to receive an award in accordance with Section 6. 
 5. Certification of Performance Results; Calculation of Maximum Potential
Payout Amount; and Final Award Determination. 
 5.1 Certification of Level of Achievement of A&L Unit Performance with Respect to
Performance Criteria; Calculation of Final Potential Payout Percentage and Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount. As soon as practicable after December 31, 2010, or after the earlier relevant date if the applicable performance
measurement date and potential award date are earlier under the circumstances, PNC will present information to the Committee concerning the following: (1) the levels of financial return from investing activities achieved by the A&L Unit for
each of the applicable full and partial years for which performance is being measured under the circumstances, and the comparison, in basis points, of such performance to applicable Benchmark Performance Index for each such period; (2) the
calculated Annual Potential Payout Percentages determined in accordance with the applicable Schedules on the basis of the performance achieved by the A&L Unit compared to applicable benchmark for such periods; and (3) the calculated Final
Potential Payout Percentage. 
 Subsections (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) below set forth additional criteria for the certifications
and calculations to be made pursuant to this Section 5.1 under varying circumstances. The last day of the applicable performance measurement period is sometimes referred to as the “performance measurement date”. The time when the
certification, calculation and Final Award determination process will take place is sometimes referred to as the “scheduled award determination period”, and the date when a Final Award, if any, is determined and made by the Committee is
sometimes referred to as the “Committee-determined Award Date” (as set forth in Section 14.4). 
  

 February 2008 
 -92- 

 Notwithstanding anything in this Section 5 to the contrary, if a Change in Control has occurred,
Section 6 will apply. 
 (a) Non-Exceptional Circumstances – Standard Payout Calculation. Provided that Grantee remains an
employee of the Corporation and the Grant remains outstanding such that Grantee remains eligible for consideration for an award, and that a Change in Control has not occurred, the Performance Period will run through December 31, 2010 and the
process of certification of the levels of achievement of A&L Unit performance with respect to the Performance Criteria, the calculation of the Final Potential Payout Percentage and the Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount, and the
determination of the Final Award, if any, will occur in early 2011. 
 Under the circumstances set forth in this subsection (a) above
(“non-exceptional circumstances”), PNC will present information to the Committee for purposes of this Section 5.1 on the following basis: 
 (i) the applicable performance measurement date will be December 31, 2010; 
 (ii) the applicable
Performance Period will consist of the full years 2008, 2009 and 2010; 
 (iii) the applicable Final Potential Payout Percentage will be the
percentage that is the average of the Annual Potential Payout Percentages for 2008, 2009 and 2010, but in no event greater than 200%; 
 (iv)
the applicable Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount will be the number of Share Units equal to the Final Potential Payout Percentage of the Target Share Units; and 
 (v) the scheduled award determination period will occur in early 2011. 
 (b) Death While an Employee.
In the event that Grantee dies while an employee of the Corporation and prior to the regularly scheduled award date for non-exceptional circumstances in early 2011 and the Grant remains outstanding pursuant to Section 4.2, PNC will present
information to the Committee for purposes of this Section 5.1 on the following basis: 
 (i) the applicable performance measurement date
will be the earlier of the last day of the year in which the death occurred and December 31, 2010; 
 (ii) the applicable Performance
Period will be the period commencing on January 1, 2008 and ending on the applicable performance measurement date, and will consist of the one, two or three full years, as the case may be, in that period; 
  

 February 2008 
 -93- 

 (iii) the applicable Final Potential Payout Percentage will be a Limited-Period Final Potential Payout
Percentage and will be the percentage that is the average of the Annual Potential Payout Percentages for the full years in the applicable Performance Period specified above, but in no event greater than 200%; 
 (iv) the applicable Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount will be the number of Share Units equal to (x) the applicable Limited-Period Final
Potential Payout Percentage of the Target Share Units, then (y) prorated (as defined in Section 14.40) based on the number of full years in the applicable Performance Period specified above, including the year of death if prior to 2011;
and 
 (v) the scheduled award-determination period will occur during the year immediately following the year in which Grantee died
(i.e., early in 2009, 2010, or 2011, as the case may be) unless Grantee dies after December 31, 2010 but prior to the award date, in which case the scheduled award-determination period will occur in 2011. 
 (c) Retirement. In the event that Grantee Retires prior to the regularly scheduled award date for non-exceptional circumstances in early 2011 but
Grantee has met the conditions for a qualifying retirement termination set forth in Section 4.3 and the Grant has not been terminated by PNC prior to the award date pursuant to Section 4.3 for Detrimental Conduct and remains outstanding,
PNC will present information to the Committee for purposes of this Section 5.1 on the following basis: 
 (i) the applicable performance
measurement date will be the last day of the last full quarter completed prior to Grantee’s Retirement date or, if the Retirement date is a quarter-end date, that quarter-end date, but in no event later than December 31, 2010; 

(ii) the applicable limited Performance Period will be the period commencing on January 1, 2008 and ending on the applicable performance
measurement date, and will consist of the full and partial years in that period; 
 (iii) the applicable Final Potential Payout Percentage
will be a Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage and will be the percentage that is the weighted average of the Annual Potential Payout Percentages for the full years, if any, and the Limited-Year Annual Potential Payout Percentage for the
partial year, if any, in the applicable limited Performance Period specified above, calculated as set forth in Section 14.31; 
 (iv)
the applicable Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount will be the number of Share Units equal to (x) the applicable Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage of the Target Share Units, then (y) prorated (as defined in
Section 14.40) based on the number of full quarters in the applicable limited Performance Period (i.e., in the period from January 1, 2008 through the quarter-end date that is the applicable performance measurement date specified
above); and 
 (v) the scheduled award determination period will occur in early 2011 as provided in Section 7.1, unless Grantee dies
after Retirement but before the beginning of 2010, in which case the scheduled award-determination period will occur in early 2009 (if the death occurred in 2008) or early 2010 (if the death occurred in 2009), as the case may be. 
  

 February 2008 
 -94- 

 In the event that Grantee is Disabled at the time of Retirement and Section 4.4 is also applicable
to Grantee, then Section 5.1(d) will govern rather than this Section 5.1(c). 
 (d) Disability. Except as set forth in the
following paragraph, in the event that Grantee becomes Disabled prior to the regularly scheduled award date for non-exceptional circumstances in early 2011 but Grantee has met the conditions for a qualifying disability termination set forth in
Section 4.4 and the Grant has not been terminated by PNC prior to the award date pursuant to Section 4.4 for Detrimental Conduct and remains outstanding, PNC will present information to the Committee for purposes of this Section 5.1
for consideration of an award on the same basis as that set forth in Section 5.1(a) for a continuing employee of the Corporation, together with such information as the Committee may request concerning the timing and circumstances of the
disability. The scheduled award-determination period will occur in early 2011 as provided in Section 7.1. 
 If Grantee dies after a
qualifying disability termination but prior to the award date and the Grant remains outstanding, Grantee will be eligible for Committee consideration of an award at the time and up to the maximum amount of the award Grantee could have received had
he died while an employee of the Corporation. 
 (e) Termination in Anticipation of a Change in Control. In the event that Grantee
ceases to be an employee of the Corporation prior to the regularly scheduled award date for non-exceptional circumstances in early 2011 but Grantee has met the conditions for a Qualifying Termination in Anticipation of a Change in Control set forth
in Section 4.5 and the Grant remains outstanding, but a Change in Control has not yet occurred, then: 
 (1) If a CIC Triggering Event
(as defined in Section 14.14) has occurred and has not yet failed (as CIC Failure is defined herein) such that a Change in Control transaction is pending at the regularly scheduled award date, the Grant will remain outstanding and Grantee will
be eligible to receive an award pursuant to Section 5.2 on the same basis as that set forth in Section 5.1(c) for a qualifying Retiree and the Committee will have no discretion to reduce the size of such award; and 
 (2) If the CIC Triggering Event fails prior to the regularly scheduled award date (as CIC Failure is defined in Section 14.12), the Grant will remain
outstanding and the Committee will have discretion to authorize an award, pursuant to Section 5.2, to Grantee up to a maximum permitted award calculated on the same basis as that set forth in Section 5.1(c) for a qualifying Retiree, but
the Committee will also have discretion to reduce the award as set forth in Section 5.2(b). 
  

 February 2008 
 -95- 

 If Grantee dies after a Qualifying Termination in Anticipation of a Change in Control but prior to the
time the Committee makes an award determination pursuant to Section 5.2 or a Change-in-Control-determined Award Date, Grantee will be eligible for Committee consideration of an award of up to the greater of the award Grantee could have received
had he died while an employee of the Corporation or an award determined as set forth above in this Section 5.1(e). 
 If a Change in
Control occurs prior to a Committee-determined Award Date, Grantee will be deemed to receive an award in accordance with Section 6. 
 5.2 Final Award Determination by Committee. 
 (a) The Committee will have the authority to award to Grantee
(“award”) as a Final Award such amount, denominated as a specified number of Share Units, as may be determined by the Committee, subject to the limitations set forth in the following paragraph, provided, that, the Grant is
still outstanding, that Grantee is either still an employee of the Corporation or qualifies for an exception to the employment condition pursuant to Section 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 or 4.5, and that the Final Potential Payout Percentage is greater than
zero. 
 The Final Award may not exceed the applicable Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount, as determined in accordance with the
applicable subsection of Section 5.1, and is subject to the exercise of negative discretion by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2(b), if applicable. The Committee will not have authority to exercise negative discretion if a CIC Coverage
Period has commenced and has not yet ended; if there has been a Change in Control, the Committee’s authority is subject to Section 6. 
 The date on which the Committee makes its determination as to whether or not it will authorize an award and, if so, the size of a Final Award, if any, it authorizes within the Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount determined pursuant
to the Agreement is sometimes referred to in the Agreement as the “Committee-determined Award Date” (as set forth in Section 14.4). 
 Payment of the Final Award, if any, will be made in cash in accordance with Section 7. If Grantee dies after a Final Award is determined but before payment is made, payment of the Final Award will be made to Grantee’s legal
representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance with Section 9. 
 (b) Except during a CIC Coverage Period
or after the occurrence of a Change in Control, the Committee may exercise negative discretion with respect to the Grant and may determine, in light of such Corporation or individual performance or other factors as the Committee may deem
appropriate, that notwithstanding the levels of financial return from investing activities achieved by the A&L Unit relative to benchmark, the Committee will not award Grantee the full Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount that the
Committee is authorized to award pursuant to Section 5.2(a), or any of such amount. 
  

 February 2008 
 -96- 

 It is anticipated that the Committee will take into account such factors as absolute A&L Unit
financial performance, absolute proprietary trading results, cumulative performance relative to benchmark, adherence to risk parameters, and Grantee’s contributions to the success of other PNC businesses when deciding whether and the extent to
which to exercise its negative discretion. 
 If the Committee so determines to exercise its negative discretion pursuant to this
Section 5.2(b), the Final Award, if any, will be reduced accordingly; provided, however, that the Committee may not exercise such negative discretion upon or after the occurrence of a Change in Control (or during the period after
the occurrence of a CIC Triggering Event but before such triggering event either results in a Change in Control or a CIC Failure of such event occurs). 
 (c) If a Change in Control occurs prior to the Committee-determined Award Date, the Final Award will be determined in accordance with Section 6 rather than being determined by the Committee pursuant to
Section 5.2 and will not be subject to the Committee’s negative discretion. 
 6. Change in Control Prior to a
Committee-Determined Award Date. 
 6.1 Final Award Calculation. 
 Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control at any time prior to a Committee-determined Award
Date pursuant to Section 5.2, (i) the Performance Period, if not already ended, will be limited and will end on the last day of the last full quarter completed prior to the day the Change in Control occurs or, if the Change in Control
occurs on a quarter-end date, on the day the Change in Control occurs, but in no event later than December 31, 2010, and (ii) Grantee will be deemed to have been awarded a Final Award in an amount determined as set forth in this
Section 6, payable to Grantee or Grantee’s legal representative at the time and in the manner set forth in Section 7, provided that the Grant is outstanding as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day on which the Change in
Control occurs and has not already terminated or been terminated in accordance with the terms of Section 4. 
 If this Section 6 is
applicable and a Final Award is deemed to be awarded pursuant to Section 6, the day the Change in Control occurs will be considered the Award Date for purposes of the Agreement. This date is sometimes referred to in the Agreement as the
“Change-in-Control-determined Award Date” (as set forth in Section 14.4). 
 (a) Standard CIC Payout Calculation.
Provided that Grantee is an employee of the Corporation and the Grant is outstanding as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day on which the Change in Control occurs such that Grantee remains eligible for an award, Grantee’s Final
Award will be determined as follows: 
 (i) the applicable performance measurement date will be the last day of the last full quarter
completed prior to the day the Change in Control occurs, or, if the Change in Control occurs on a quarter-end date, the day the Change in Control occurs, but in no event later than December 31, 2010; 
  

 February 2008 
 -97- 

 (ii) the applicable Performance Period will be the period commencing on January 1, 2008 and ending
on the applicable performance measurement date, and will consist of the full and partial years in that period; 
 (iii) the scheduled
award-determination period will occur as soon as practicable after the occurrence of the Change in Control; and 
 (iv) a Final Award will be
calculated in two parts (Part A and Part B), and the Final Award amount will be the sum of the amounts calculated for the Part A Award and the Part B Award as set forth below; provided, however, that the Part B Award is subject to
Section 6.3 and that the Part B Award is not applicable in the limited circumstance where the Change in Control occurs on or after December 31, 2010 and the Part A Award is not prorated. 
 Part A Award: The Part A Award amount will be the number of Share Units equal to: 
 (1) the “CIC Payout Percentage” (calculated as set forth below) of the Target Share Units, then, except where the Change in Control occurs on or
after December 31, 2010 and therefore the applicable Performance Period covers a full three years, 
 (2) prorated (as defined in
Section 14.40) based on the number of full quarters in the applicable limited Performance Period (i.e., in the period from January 1, 2008 through the quarter-end date that is the applicable performance measurement date specified
above). 
 The “CIC Payout Percentage” will be (a) or (b) below, as applicable, (but in no event greater than 200%):

 (a) If the Change in Control occurs prior to December 31, 2010, such that the Performance Period is less than three full years, the
CIC Payout Percentage will be the higher of (1) 100% and (2) a Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage calculated as set forth in Section 14.31 for the applicable limited Performance Period specified above; and

 (b) If the Change in Control occurs on or after December 31, 2010, the CIC Payout Percentage will be the average of the Annual
Potential Payout Percentages for the full years 2008, 2009 and 2010. 
 Part B Award: Subject to Section 6.3, the Part B Award
amount will be the number of Share Units equal to: 
  

	 	(1)	100% of the Target Share Units, multiplied by 

  

 February 2008 
 -98- 

	 	(2)	the fraction equal to 1.00 minus the fraction used for the proration by quarters in the calculation of the Part A Award above. 

 If the calculation of the Part A Award above does not include a proration factor, the Part B Award will not be applicable. 
 If Grantee dies after the Change in Control occurs, Grantee’s Final Award determined pursuant to this Section 6.1(a) will be paid to
Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance with Section 9. 
 (b) Death. If
Grantee died while an employee of the Corporation and a Final Award determination (either to award a specified amount or not to authorize any award) was made by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 prior to the Change in Control, no further or
different award determination will be made pursuant to this Section 6.1. 
 In the event the Grantee died while an employee of the
Corporation and qualified for consideration for an award pursuant to Section 4.2 but the Committee had not yet made an award determination (either to award a specified amount or not to authorize any award) with respect to Grantee at the time
the Change in Control occurs such that Grantee remains eligible for an award, then the scheduled award-determination period will occur as soon as practicable after the occurrence of the Change in Control, and the amount of Grantee’s Final Award
(payable to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance with Section 9) will be determined on the following basis, as applicable. 
 (1) If Grantee died in the calendar year prior to the Change in Control but the Committee had not yet made an award determination (either to award a
specified amount or not to authorize any award) with respect to Grantee at the time the Change in Control occurs, Grantee’s Final Award will be in the amount of the Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount determined in the same manner as set
forth in Section 5.1(b) but with no Committee discretion to reduce the amount of the award. 
 (2) If Grantee died in the same calendar
year as the Change in Control, Grantee’s Final Award will be in the amount of the award that would have been payable to Grantee pursuant to the calculations set forth in Section 6.1(a), but substituting a Part B Award of zero Share Units
for any Part B Award amount calculated pursuant to that section, had Grantee not died but had been an employee of the Corporation as of the end of day immediately preceding the day the Change in Control occurred. 
 (c) Qualifying Retirement. In the event that Grantee Retired prior to the day the Change in Control occurs but Grantee has met the conditions for
a qualifying retirement termination set forth in Section 4.3 and the Grant has not been terminated by PNC prior to the Change in Control pursuant to Section 4.3 for Detrimental Conduct and is outstanding as of the end of the day
immediately preceding the day on which the Change in Control occurs such that Grantee remains eligible for an award, Grantee’s Final Award will be in the amount of the lesser of: 
 (1) the Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount determined in the same manner as set forth in Section 5.1(c) but with no Committee discretion to
reduce the amount of the award; and 
  

 February 2008 
 -99- 

 (2) the amount of the award that would have been payable to Grantee pursuant to the calculations set
forth in Section 6.1(a), but substituting a Part B Award of zero Share Units for any Part B Award amount calculated pursuant to that section, had Grantee not Retired but had been an employee of the Corporation as of the end of the day
immediately preceding the day the Change in Control occurred. 
 The scheduled award-determination period will occur as soon as practicable
after the occurrence of the Change in Control. 
 If Grantee died while a qualified Retiree and a Final Award determination (either to award
a specified amount or not to authorize any award) was made by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 prior to the Change in Control, no further or different award determination will be made pursuant to this Section 6.1. 
 If no such Final Award determination was made prior to the Change in Control, Grantee’s Final Award determined pursuant to this Section 6.1(c)
will be paid to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance with Section 9. 
 (d)
Disability. In the event that Grantee became Disabled and Grantee’s employment with the Corporation terminated prior to the day the Change in Control occurs but Grantee has met the conditions for a qualifying disability termination set
forth in Section 4.4 and the Grant has not been terminated by PNC prior to the Change in Control pursuant to Section 4.4 for Detrimental Conduct and is outstanding as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day on which the Change
in Control occurs such that Grantee remains eligible for an award, Grantee’s Final Award will be in the amount of the award that would have been payable to Grantee pursuant to the calculations set forth in Section 6.1(a), but substituting
a Part B Award of zero Share Units for any Part B Award amount calculated pursuant to that section, had Grantee still been an employee of the Corporation as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day the Change in Control occurred. The
scheduled award-determination period will occur as soon as practicable after the occurrence of the Change in Control. 
 If Grantee died
while qualified to receive an award and a Final Award determination (either to award a specified amount or not to authorize any award) was made by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 prior to the Change in Control, no further or different
award determination will be made pursuant to this Section 6.1. If no such Final Award determination was made prior to the Change in Control, Grantee’s Final Award (payable to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith
by the Committee, in accordance with Section 9) will be an award determined in accordance with Section 6.1(b) as if Grantee had died while an employee of the Corporation and prior to the Change in Control. 
  

 February 2008 
 -100- 

 (e) Qualifying Termination in Anticipation of a Change in Control. In the event that
Grantee’s termination of employment satisfies all of the conditions set forth in Section 4.5 and Section 14.41 for a qualifying termination in anticipation of a change in control such that the Grant is outstanding at the time the
Change in Control occurs and Grantee remains eligible for an award, Grantee will receive a Final Award on the following basis, as applicable. 
 (1) If the Change in Control occurs within three (3) months of Grantee’s Termination Date, Grantee will receive a Final Award on the same basis as a continuing employee of the Corporation as set forth in Section 6.1(a).

 (2) If the Change in Control occurs more than three (3) months after Grantee’s Termination Date but the Grant is outstanding
because Grantee’s termination of employment qualifies under Section 4.5 and Section 14.41 by, among other conditions, having occurred after or within three months prior to a CIC Triggering Event, Grantee will receive a Final Award on
the same basis as a qualifying Retiree as set forth in Section 6.1(c). 
 If Grantee died while qualified to receive an award and a
Final Award determination (either to award a specified amount or not to authorize any award) was made by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 prior to the Change in Control, no further or different award determination will be made pursuant to
this Section 6.1. If no such Final Award determination was made prior to the Change in Control, Grantee’s Final Award (payable to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance with
Section 9) will be in the same amount as the Final Award that would have been paid to Grantee pursuant to this Section 6.1(e) had Grantee still been alive on the Change-in-Control-determined Award Date. 
 6.2 No Committee Discretion. The Committee may not exercise any negative discretion pursuant to Section 5.2(b) or otherwise exercise
discretion pursuant to the Agreement in any way that would serve to reduce an award deemed to be made to Grantee pursuant to this Section 6. 
 6.3 Conditions for Final Award Calculation Part B Award. Certain subsections of Section 6.1 specify that a Final Award will be calculated in two parts: Part A Award and Part B Award. The Part B Award portion, where
otherwise applicable pursuant to Section 6.1, is subject to the condition that Grantee have entered into a new change of control employment agreement with PNC after January 1, 2008. 
 Notwithstanding anything in Section 6.1 to the contrary, unless and until Grantee has entered into such an agreement, the calculation of a Final
Award pursuant to Section 6.1 shall in no event include a Part B Award. 
  

 February 2008 
 -101- 

 7. Payment of Final Award; Termination of Grant as to Any Unawarded Performance Units. 

7.1 Payment of Final Award Determined by the Committee. 
 (a) Form of Payment. Payment of any Final Award determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 will be made in cash in an amount equal to the number of Share Units specified in the Final Award
multiplied by the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 14.22) on the Award Date of a share of PNC common stock or as otherwise provided in Section 8, if applicable. 
 (b) Timing. Determination of eligibility for an award, calculation of the maximum permitted award amount, and a decision by the Committee on
whether or not to authorize an award and, if so, the size of such Final Award (the “scheduled award-determination process”) and then payment of any such Final Award will all generally occur in the first quarter of 2011 or as soon
thereafter as practicable after the final data necessary for the Committee to make its award determination is available. 
 In general, it is
expected that the Award Date will occur in 2011 and no later than the end of the second quarter of that year, and that payment of a Final Award, if any, will be made as soon as practicable after the Award Date. Except as otherwise provided below, in
no event will payment be made earlier than January 1, 2011 or later than December 31, 2011, other than in unusual circumstances where a further delay thereafter would be permitted under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and
if such a delay is permissible, as soon as practicable within such limits. 
 In the event of Grantee’s death prior to the Award Date
where Grantee has satisfied all of the conditions of Section 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 or 4.5 of the Agreement and otherwise meets all applicable criteria as set forth in the Agreement for consideration for an award, (a) the scheduled
award-determination process will occur at the same time and in the same manner that such process would have occurred had Grantee remained an employee of the Corporation, provided that if the death occurs prior to 2010, the scheduled
award-determination process will occur in the calendar year immediately following Grantee’s death, and (b) payment of a Final Award, if any, will be made during the calendar year immediately following the year in which Grantee died if the
death occurs on or prior to December 31, 2010, or in 2011 if Grantee dies in 2011, provided, that, in no event will payment occur later than December 31st of the calendar year so specified as the year for payment, other than
in unusual circumstances where a further delay thereafter would be permitted under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and if such a delay is permissible, as soon as practicable within such limits. 
 Otherwise, in the event that Grantee is no longer employed by the Corporation but has satisfied all of the conditions of Section 4.3, 4.4 or 4.5 of
the Agreement and otherwise meets all applicable criteria as set forth in the Agreement for consideration for an award, (a) the scheduled award-determination process will occur at the same time and in the same manner that such process would
have occurred had Grantee remained an employee of the Corporation, generally in 2011 during the first quarter of that year, and 

  

 February 2008 
 -102- 

 
(b) once the Committee has made its award determination, payment of a Final Award, if any, will be made as soon as practicable after the Award Date,
provided, that, in no event will payment be made earlier than January 1, 2011 or later than December 31, 2011, other than in unusual circumstances where a further delay thereafter would be permitted under Section 409A of
the Internal Revenue Code, and if such a delay is permissible, as soon as practicable within such limits. 
 (c) Disputes. If there is
a dispute regarding payment of the Final Award, PNC will settle the undisputed portion of the award, if any, within the time frame set forth above in this Section 7.1, and will settle any remaining portion as soon as practicable after such
dispute is finally resolved but in any event within the time period permitted under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code. 
 7.2
Payment of Final Award Determined by Section 6. If a Final Award is deemed to be made pursuant to Section 6 rather than determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2, the Final Award is fully vested as of the date of the
Change in Control. The size of the Final Award in Share Units will be calculated as of the date of the Change in Control once the final data necessary for the award determination is available, and the Final Award will be paid in cash as set forth
below. 
 (a) Timing. Payment of the Final Award will be made by PNC at the time set forth in subsection (a)(1) of this
Section 7.2 unless payment at such time would be a noncompliant payment under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and otherwise, at the time set forth in subsection (a)(2) of this Section 7.2, in either case as further
described below. 
 (1) If, under the circumstances, the Change in Control is a
permissible payment event under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, payment of the Final Award will be made in cash as soon as practicable after the date the Change in Control occurs and the amount of the Final Award is determinable and
determined in accordance with Section 6, but in no event later than December 31st of the calendar year in which the Change in Control
occurs or, if later, by the 15th day of the third calendar month following the date on which the Change in Control occurs, other than in unusual
circumstances where a further delay thereafter would be permitted under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and if such a delay is permissible, as soon as practicable within such limits. 
 (2) If, under the circumstances, payment at the time of the Change in Control would not comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, then
payment will be made in cash as soon as practicable after January 1, 2011, but in no event later than December 31, 2011. 
 (b)
Form of Payment. The Final Award will be paid in cash. 
 If, under the circumstances, the Change in Control is a permissible payment
event under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and payment of the Final Award is made at the time specified in Section 7.2(a)(1), then the Final Award will be in an amount equal to the base amount described below in subsection
(A) of this Section 7.2(b). 
  

 February 2008 
 -103- 

 If, under the circumstances, payment at the time of the Change in Control would not comply with
Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and payment of the Final Award is made at the time specified in Section 7.2(a)(2), then the Final Award will be in an amount equal to the base amount described below in subsection (A) of this
Section 7.2(b) plus the phantom investment amount described below in subsection (B) of this Section 7.2(b). 
 (A) The
base amount will be an amount equal to the number of Share Units specified in the Final Award multiplied by the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 14.22) of a share of PNC common stock on the date of the Change in Control or as otherwise
provided in Section 8, if applicable. 
 (B) The phantom investment amount will be either (i) or (ii), whichever is larger:
(i) interest on the base amount described in Section 7.2(b)(A) from the date of the Change in Control through the payment date at the short-term, mid-term or long-term Federal rate under Internal Revenue Code Section 1274 (b)(2)(B),
as applicable depending on the term until payment, compounded semi-annually; or (ii) a phantom investment amount with respect to said base amount that reflects, if positive, the performance of the PNC stock or other consideration received by a
PNC common shareholder in the Change in Control transaction, with dividends reinvested in such stock, from the date of the Change in Control through the payment date. PNC may, at its option, provide other phantom investment alternatives in addition
to those referenced in the preceding sentence and may permit Grantee to make a phantom investment election from among such alternatives under and in accordance with procedures established by PNC, but any such alternatives must provide for at least
the two phantom investments set forth in Section 7.2(b)(B)(i) and (ii) at a minimum. The phantom investment amount will be applicable only in the event that payment at the time of the Change in Control would not comply with
Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and thus payment is made at the time specified in Section 7.2(a)(2) rather than at the time specified in Section 7.2(a)(1). 
 (c) Disputes. If there is a dispute regarding payment of the Final Award, PNC will settle the undisputed portion of the award, if any, within the
time frame set forth in the applicable subsection of Section 7.2(a), and will settle any remaining portion as soon as practicable after such dispute is finally resolved but in any event within the time period permitted under Section 409A
of the Internal Revenue Code. 
 7.3 Final Award Fully Vested. The Final Award, if any, will be fully vested at the
Committee-determined Award Date or as of the date of the Change in Control, as applicable. PNC will deliver any cash payable pursuant to this Section 7 to, or at the proper direction of, Grantee or Grantee’s legal representative, as
determined in good faith by the Committee, at the time specified in the applicable subsection of Section 7.2. 
  

 February 2008 
 -104- 

 In the event that Grantee is deceased, payment will be delivered to the executor or administrator of
Grantee’s estate or to Grantee’s other legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee. 
 7.4 Termination of
Grant as to Any Unawarded Performance Units. Once an award determination has been made by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 or a Final Award is deemed to have been made by virtue of the application of Section 6, the
Share-denominated incentive award opportunity represented by this Grant of Performance Units will terminate as to any portion of the Performance Units not so awarded. 
 Termination of all or a portion of the Grant pursuant to this Section 7.4, or pursuant to Section 4, if applicable, will in no way affect Grantee’s covenants or the other provisions of Sections 15 and
16. 
 8. Capital Adjustments. 
 8.1 Except as otherwise provided in Section 8.2, if applicable, in the event that a corporate transaction or transactions (including, without limitation, stock dividends, stock splits, spin-offs, split-offs, recapitalizations, mergers,
consolidations or reorganizations of or by PNC (each, a “Corporate Transaction”)) occur prior to the time a Final Award, if any, is paid, the Committee shall make those adjustments, if any, in the number, class or kind of the Target Share
Units that it deems appropriate in its discretion to reflect the Corporate Transaction(s) such that the rights of Grantee are neither enlarged nor diminished as a result of such Corporate Transaction or Transactions, including without limitation
measuring the value per Share Unit of any share-denominated award authorized for payment to Grantee by reference to the per share value of the consideration payable to a PNC common shareholder in connection with such Corporate Transaction or
Transactions. 
 All determinations hereunder shall be made by the Committee in its sole discretion and shall be final, binding and
conclusive for all purposes on all parties, including without limitation Grantee. 
 8.2 Upon the occurrence of a Change in Control (or
during the period after the occurrence of a CIC Triggering Event and before such triggering event results in a Change in Control or a CIC Failure of such event occurs), (a) the number, class and kind of the Target Share Units will automatically
be adjusted to reflect the same changes as are made to outstanding shares of PNC common stock generally, and (b) the value per Share Unit of any share-denominated award that is deemed to be awarded to Grantee in accordance with Section 6
will be measured by reference to the per share value of the consideration payable to a PNC common shareholder in connection with such Corporate Transaction or Transactions. 
  

 February 2008 
 -105- 

 9. Prohibitions Against Sale, Assignment, etc.; Payment to Legal Representative. 
 (a) The Grant of Performance Units made hereunder may not be sold, assigned, transferred, exchanged, pledged, hypothecated or otherwise encumbered.

 (b) If Grantee is deceased at the time any Final Award authorized by this Agreement is to be paid, such payment shall be made to the
executor or administrator of Grantee’s estate or to Grantee’s other legal representative as determined in good faith by the Committee. 
 (c) Any payment made in good faith by PNC to Grantee’s executor, administrator or other legal representative shall extinguish all right to payment hereunder. 
 10. Withholding Taxes; Payment Upon Inclusion Under Section 409A. 
 Where Grantee has not previously satisfied all applicable withholding tax obligations, PNC will, at the time the tax withholding obligation arises in
connection herewith, retain an amount sufficient to satisfy the minimum amount of taxes then required to be withheld by the Corporation in connection therewith from any Final Award then payable to Grantee. 
 If Grantee desires to have an additional amount withheld above the required minimum, up to Grantee’s W-4 obligation if higher, and if PNC so
permits, Grantee may elect to satisfy this additional withholding by payment of cash. If Grantee’s W-4 obligation does not exceed the required minimum withholding in connection with the Final Award, no additional withholding may be made.

 It is the intention of the parties that the Grant and the Agreement comply with the provisions of Section 409A to the extent, if any,
that such provisions are applicable to the Agreement. In the event that, notwithstanding such intention, the arrangement fails to meet the requirements of Section 409A and the regulations promulgated thereunder, then PNC may at that time permit
the acceleration of the time for payment to Grantee under the Agreement notwithstanding any of the other provisions of the Agreement, but any such accelerated payment may not exceed the amount required to be included in Grantee’s income as a
result of the failure to comply with the requirements of Section 409A and the regulations promulgated thereunder. For purposes of this provision, an amount will be deemed to have been included in Grantee’s income if the amount is timely
reported on Form W-2 or Form 1099-MISC, as appropriate. 
 11. Employment. Neither the Grant of Performance Units nor the calculation,
determination and payment of any Final Award hereunder nor any term or provision of the Agreement shall constitute or be evidence of any understanding, expressed or implied, on the part of PNC or any subsidiary to employ Grantee for any period or in
any way alter Grantee’s status as an employee at will. 
 12. Subject to the Plan and the Committee. In all respects the Grant
and the Agreement are subject to the terms and conditions of the Plan, which has been made available to Grantee and is incorporated herein by reference; provided, however, the 

  

 February 2008 
 -106- 

 
terms of the Plan shall not be considered an enlargement of any benefits under the Agreement. Further, the Grant and the Agreement are subject to any
interpretation of, and any rules and regulations issued by, the Committee or its delegate or under the authority of the Committee, whether made or issued before or after the Grant Date. 
 13. Headings; Entire Agreement. Headings used in the Agreement are provided for reference and convenience only, shall not be considered part of
the Agreement, and shall not be employed in the construction of the Agreement. 
 The Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between
Grantee and PNC, and supersedes all other discussions, negotiations, correspondence, representations, understandings and agreements between the parties, with respect to the subject matter hereof. 
 14. Certain Definitions. Except where the context otherwise indicates, the following definitions apply for purposes of the Agreement. 

14.1 “A&L Unit” means the Asset & Liability unit of PNC. 
 14.2 “Annual Potential Payout Percentage.” The Annual Potential Payout Percentage for a given full covered year within the Performance
Period (i.e., for 2008, 2009 or 2010) is the percentage determined in accordance with the Annual Potential Payout Calculation Schedule applicable for that year on the basis of the level of financial return from investing activities achieved
by the A&L Unit compared to applicable Benchmark Performance Index for that year, rounded to the nearest one-hundredth percent. 
 Where
the Agreement requires the calculation of an Annual Potential Payout Percentage for a given period that is less than a full year (sometimes referred to as a “partial year” or a “limited year” or “limited period”), then
the Annual Potential Payout Percentage for that covered period is sometimes referred to as a “Limited-Year Annual Potential Payout Percentage”. 
 A “Limited-Year Annual Potential Payout Percentage” will be calculated in the same manner as the Annual Potential Payout Percentage for a full covered year except that it will be based on the level of
financial return from investing activities achieved by the A&L Unit compared to applicable Benchmark Performance Index for the year-to-date period (using full quarters only) beginning on January 1 of the given partial year and ending on the
performance measurement date specified by the Agreement. 
 14.3 “Annual Potential Payout Calculation Schedule” or
“Schedule” for a given full or partial covered year means the schedule established by the Committee with respect to this Grant as applicable for that year and setting forth the method by which the Annual Potential Payout Percentage
will be calculated for that full covered year on the basis of the level of financial return from investing activities achieved by the A&L Unit compared to applicable Benchmark Performance Index for that year. The Limited-Year Annual 

  

 February 2008 
 -107- 

 
Potential Payout Percentage will be calculated for that partial covered year, if a partial or limited year calculation is required by the Agreement, on the
basis of the level of financial return from investing activities achieved by the A&L Unit compared to applicable Benchmark Performance Index for the year-to-date period (using full quarters only) beginning on January 1 of that partial year
and ending on the performance measurement date specified by the Agreement. 
 14.4 “Award Date” means: (1) the date on
which the Committee makes its determination as to whether or not it will authorize an award, and if so, as to the size of the Final Award, if any, it authorizes pursuant to Section 5.2 within the permitted Calculated Maximum Potential Payout
Amount determined in accordance with the Agreement (sometimes referred to as the “Committee-determined Award Date”); or (2) if a Change in Control has occurred and Grantee is deemed to have been awarded a Final Award pursuant
to Section 6, the Award Date will be the date the Change in Control occurs (sometimes referred to as the “Change-in-Control-determined Award Date”). 
 14.5 “Benchmark Performance Index”. The Benchmark Performance Index for each year in the Performance Period will be the same benchmark performance index that PNC uses internally to evaluate the
investment performance of the A&L Unit as in effect as of March 30 of that year, so that, for example, 2008 performance will be compared to PNC’s internal performance benchmark index for the A&L Unit in effect on March 30,
2008, 2009 performance will be compared to PNC’s internal performance benchmark index for the A&L Unit in effect on March 30, 2009, etc. 
 Where the Agreement requires the measurement of performance for a given period that is less than a full year, then the applicable Benchmark Performance Index for that limited period will be the benchmark performance
index that PNC uses internally to evaluate the investment performance of the A&L Unit as in effect as of March 30 of the calendar year in which the limited period occurs. 
 14.6 “Board” means the Board of Directors of PNC. 
 14.7 “Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount” means the maximum size of the award, denominated as a specified number of Share Units, that the Committee may award to Grantee based on the degree to
which the specified corporate Performance Criteria have been achieved by the A&L Unit and the applicable Annual Potential Payout Calculation Schedules established by the Committee and on Grantee’s level of satisfaction, or deemed
satisfaction, of the service requirements set forth in Section 4, including any limitations on the maximum potential payout amount that may apply in the circumstances (e.g., in the case of a qualifying retirement). 
 14.8 “Cause”. 
 (a)
“Cause” during a CIC Coverage Period. If a termination of Grantee’s employment with the Corporation occurs during a CIC Coverage Period, then, for purposes of the Agreement, “Cause” means: 
 (i) the willful and continued failure of Grantee to substantially perform Grantee’s duties with the Corporation (other than any such failure
resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Grantee by the Board or the CEO which specifically identifies the manner in which the Board or the CEO believes that
Grantee has not substantially performed Grantee’s duties; or 
  

 February 2008 
 -108- 

 (ii) the willful engaging by Grantee in illegal conduct or gross misconduct that is materially and
demonstrably injurious to PNC or any of its subsidiaries. 
 For purposes of the preceding clauses (i) and (ii), no act or failure to
act, on the part of Grantee, shall be considered willful unless it is done, or omitted to be done, by Grantee in bad faith and without reasonable belief that Grantee’s action or omission was in the best interests of the Corporation. Any act, or
failure to act, based upon the instructions or prior approval of the Board, the CEO, or Grantee’s superior or based upon the advice of counsel for the Corporation, shall be conclusively presumed to be done, or omitted to be done, by Grantee in
good faith and in the best interests of the Corporation. 
 The cessation of employment of Grantee will be deemed to be a termination of
Grantee’s employment with the Corporation for Cause for purposes of the Agreement only if and when there shall have been delivered to Grantee, as part of the notice of Grantee’s termination, a copy of a resolution duly adopted by the
affirmative vote of not less than a majority of the entire membership of the Board, at a Board meeting called and held for the purpose of considering such termination, finding on the basis of clear and convincing evidence that, in the good faith
opinion of the Board, Grantee is guilty of conduct described in clause (i) or clause (ii) above and, in either case, specifying the particulars thereof in detail. Such resolution shall be adopted only after (1) reasonable notice of
such Board meeting is provided to Grantee, together with written notice that PNC believes that Grantee is guilty of conduct described in clause (i) or clause (ii) above and, in either case, specifying the particulars thereof in detail, and
(2) Grantee is given an opportunity, together with counsel, to be heard before the Board. 
 (b) “Cause” other than during
a CIC Coverage Period. If a termination of Grantee’s employment with the Corporation occurs other than during a CIC Coverage Period, then, for purposes of the Agreement, “Cause” means: 
 (i) the willful and continued failure of Grantee to substantially perform Grantee’s duties with the Corporation (other than any such failure
resulting from incapacity due to physical or mental illness), after a written demand for substantial performance is delivered to Grantee by PNC that specifically identifies the manner in which it is believed that Grantee has not substantially
performed Grantee’s duties; 
 (ii) a material breach by Grantee of (1) any code of conduct of PNC or any code of conduct of a
subsidiary of PNC that is applicable to Grantee or (2) other written policy of PNC or other written policy of a subsidiary of PNC that is applicable to Grantee, in either case required by law or established to maintain compliance with
applicable law; 
  

 February 2008 
 -109- 

 (iii) any act of fraud, misappropriation, material dishonesty, or embezzlement by Grantee against PNC or
any of its subsidiaries or any client or customer of PNC or any of its subsidiaries; 
 (iv) any conviction (including a plea of guilty or of
nolo contendere) of Grantee for, or entry by Grantee into a pre-trial disposition with respect to, the commission of a felony; or 
 (v) entry of any order against Grantee, by any governmental body having regulatory authority with respect to the business of PNC or any of its subsidiaries, that relates to or arises out of Grantee’s employment or other service
relationship with the Corporation. 
 The cessation of employment of Grantee will be deemed to have been a termination of Grantee’s
employment with the Corporation for Cause for purposes of the Agreement only if and when the CEO or his or her designee (or, if Grantee is the CEO, the Board) determines that Grantee is guilty of conduct described in clause (i), (ii) or
(iii) above or that an event described in clause (iv) or (v) above has occurred with respect to Grantee and, if so, determines that the termination of Grantee’s employment with the Corporation will be deemed to have been for
Cause. 
 14.9 “CEO” means the chief executive officer of PNC. 
 14.10 “Change in Control” means a change of control of PNC of a nature that would be required to be reported in response to
Item 6(e) of Schedule 14A of Regulation 14A (or in response to any similar item on any similar schedule or form) promulgated under the Exchange Act, whether or not PNC is then subject to such reporting requirement; provided,
however, that without limitation, a Change in Control will be deemed to have occurred if: 
 (a) any Person, excluding employee
benefits plans of the Corporation, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act or any successor provisions thereto), directly or indirectly, of securities of PNC representing twenty percent
(20%) or more of the combined voting power of PNC’s then outstanding securities; provided, however, that such an acquisition of beneficial ownership representing between twenty percent (20%) and forty percent (40%), inclusive, of such
voting power will not be considered a Change in Control if the Board approves such acquisition either prior to or immediately after its occurrence; 
 (b) PNC consummates a merger, consolidation, share exchange, division or other reorganization or transaction of PNC (a “Fundamental Transaction”) with any other corporation, other than a Fundamental Transaction that results
in the voting securities of PNC outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to represent (either by remaining 

  

 February 2008 
 -110- 

 
outstanding or by being converted into voting securities of the surviving entity) at least sixty percent (60%) of the combined voting power immediately
after such Fundamental Transaction of (i) PNC’s outstanding securities, (ii) the surviving entity’s outstanding securities, or (iii) in the case of a division, the outstanding securities of each entity resulting from the
division; 
 (c) the shareholders of PNC approve a plan of complete liquidation or winding-up of PNC or an agreement for the sale or
disposition (in one transaction or a series of transactions) of all or substantially all of PNC’s assets; 
 (d) as a result of a proxy contest, individuals who prior to the conclusion thereof constituted the Board (including for this purpose any new director whose election or nomination for election by PNC’s
shareholders in connection with such proxy contest was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds ( 2/3rds) of the directors
then still in office who were directors prior to such proxy contest) cease to constitute at least a majority of the Board (excluding any Board seat that is vacant or otherwise unoccupied); 
 (e) during any period of twenty-four (24) consecutive months, individuals who at the
beginning of such period constituted the Board (including for this purpose any new director whose election or nomination for election by PNC’s shareholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds ( 2/3rds) of the directors then still in office who were directors at the beginning of such period) cease for any reason to
constitute at least a majority of the Board (excluding any Board seat that is vacant or otherwise unoccupied); or 
 (f) the Board
determines that a Change in Control has occurred. 
 Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, a divestiture or spin-off of a
subsidiary or division of PNC or any of its subsidiaries shall not by itself constitute a Change in Control. 
 14.11 “CIC Coverage
Period” means a period (a) commencing on the earlier to occur of (i) the date of a CIC Triggering Event and (ii) the date of a Change in Control and (b) ending on the date that is three (3) years after the date of
the Change in Control; provided, however, that in the event that a CIC Coverage Period commences on the date of a CIC Triggering Event, such CIC Coverage Period will terminate upon the earlier to occur of (x) the date of a CIC
Failure and (y) the date that is three (3) years after the date of the Change in Control triggered by the CIC Triggering Event. After the termination of any CIC Coverage Period, another CIC Coverage Period will commence upon the earlier to
occur of clause (a)(i) and clause (a)(ii) in the preceding sentence. 
 14.12 “CIC Failure” means the following: 

(a) with respect to a CIC Triggering Event described in Section 14.14(a), PNC’s shareholders vote against the transaction approved by the
Board or the agreement to consummate the transaction is terminated; or 
  

 February 2008 
 -111- 

 (b) with respect to a CIC Triggering Event described in Section 14.14(b), the proxy contest fails to
replace or remove a majority of the members of the Board. 
 14.13 “CIC Payout Percentage” has the meaning set forth in
Section 6.1(a)(iv). 
 14.14 “CIC Triggering Event” means the occurrence of either of the following: 
 (a) the Board or PNC’s shareholders approve a transaction described in Subsection (b) of the definition of Change in Control contained in
Section 14.10; or 
 (b) the commencement of a proxy contest in which any Person seeks to replace or remove a majority of the members of
the Board. 
 14.15 “Committee” means the Personnel and Compensation Committee of the Board, or such person or persons as
may be designated or appointed by that committee as its delegate or designee. 
 14.16 “Competitive Activity” means any
participation in, employment by, ownership of any equity interest exceeding one percent (1%) in, or promotion or organization of, any Person other than PNC or any of its subsidiaries (a) engaged in business activities similar to some or
all of the business activities of PNC or any subsidiary as of Grantee’s Termination Date or (b) engaged in business activities which Grantee knows PNC or any subsidiary intends to enter within the first twelve (12) months after
Grantee’s Termination Date or, if later and if applicable, after the date specified in clause (ii) of Section 14.19(a), in either case whether Grantee is acting as agent, consultant, independent contractor, employee, officer,
director, investor, partner, shareholder, proprietor or in any other individual or representative capacity therein. 
 14.17
“Consolidated Subsidiary” means a corporation, bank, partnership, business trust, limited liability company or other form of business organization that (1) is a consolidated subsidiary of PNC under generally accepted accounting
principles and (2) satisfies the definition of “service recipient” under Section 409A. 
 14.18
“Corporation” means PNC and its Consolidated Subsidiaries. 
 14.19 “Detrimental Conduct” means:

 (a) Grantee has engaged, without the prior written consent of PNC (with consent to
be given at PNC’s sole discretion), in any Competitive Activity in the continental United States at any time during the period commencing on Grantee’s Termination Date and extending through (and including) the first (1st) anniversary of the later of (i) Grantee’s Termination Date and, if different, (ii) the first date after Grantee’s Termination Date
as of which Grantee ceases to be engaged by the Corporation in any capacity for which Grantee receives compensation from the Corporation, including but not limited to acting for compensation as a consultant, independent contractor, employee,
officer, director or advisory director; 
  

 February 2008 
 -112- 

 (b) any act of fraud, misappropriation, or embezzlement by Grantee against PNC or one of its subsidiaries
or any client or customer of PNC or one of its subsidiaries; or 
 (c) any conviction (including a plea of guilty or of nolo
contendere) of Grantee for, or any entry by Grantee into a pre-trial disposition with respect to, the commission of a felony that relates to or arises out of Grantee’s employment or other service relationship with the Corporation.

 Grantee will be deemed to have engaged in Detrimental Conduct for purposes of the Agreement only if and when the Committee or its delegate
(if Grantee was an “executive officer” of PNC as defined in SEC Regulation S-K when he ceased to be an employee of the Corporation) or the CEO (if Grantee was not such an executive officer) determines that Grantee has engaged in conduct
described in clause (a) or clause (b) above or that an event described in clause (c) above has occurred with respect to Grantee and, if so, determines that Grantee will be deemed to have engaged in Detrimental Conduct. 
 14.20 “Disabled” or “Disability” means, except as may otherwise be required by Section 409A, that Grantee either
(i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12
months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12 months, receiving (and has received for at
least three months) income replacement benefits under any Corporation-sponsored disability benefit plan. If Grantee has been determined to be eligible for Social Security disability benefits, Grantee shall be presumed to be Disabled as defined
herein. 
 14.21 “Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 as amended, and the rules and regulations
promulgated thereunder. 
 14.22 “Fair Market Value” as it relates to a share of PNC common stock as of any given date means
the average of the reported high and low trading prices on the New York Stock Exchange (or such successor reporting system as PNC may select) for a share of PNC common stock on such date, or, if no PNC common stock trades have been reported on such
exchange for that day, the average of such prices on the next preceding day and the next following day for which there were reported trades. 
 14.23 “Final Award” means the amount, if any, (a) awarded to Grantee by the Committee in accordance with Section 5.2, or (b) deemed to be awarded to Grantee pursuant to Section 6. The Final Award will be
denominated as a specified number of Share Units and will be payable in cash in accordance with Section 7. 
  

 February 2008 
 -113- 

 14.24 “Final Potential Payout Percentage.” 
 Where a Final Award determination is made pursuant to Section 5, the term “Final Potential Payout Percentage” will have the meaning
set forth in (a) or (b) below, whichever is applicable in the circumstances. 
 (a) Where the Performance Period specified by the applicable section of the Agreement is the full three-year period commencing January 1, 2008 through and including December 31, 2010, then the Final Potential Payout Percentage
will be the percentage that is the average (but in no event greater than 200%) of the Annual Potential Payout Percentages for the three full covered years in the Performance Period (i.e., one-third ( 1/3rd) of the sum of the annual percentages for the full years 2008, 2009 and 2010). If all of the Annual Potential Payout
Percentages are 0%, then the Final Potential Payout Percentage will be 0%. 
 (b) Where the applicable performance measurement date
specified by the Agreement is a quarter-end or year-end date other than December 31, 2010, then the Final Potential Payout Percentage will be a Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage and will be calculated as set forth in
Section 14.31. 
 Where a Final Award is deemed to be awarded pursuant to Section 6 by reason of the occurrence of a Change in
Control, the payout calculation will be as set forth in the applicable subsection of Section 6. 
 14.25 “GAAP” or
“generally accepted accounting principles” means accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. 
 14.26 “Good Reason” means: 
 (a) the assignment to Grantee of any duties inconsistent in any respect with
Grantee’s position (including status, offices, titles and reporting requirements), authority, duties or responsibilities immediately prior to either the CIC Triggering Event or the Change in Control, or any other action by the Corporation which
results in a diminution in any respect in such position, authority, duties or responsibilities, excluding for this purpose an isolated, insubstantial and inadvertent action not taken in bad faith that is remedied by the Corporation promptly after
receipt of notice thereof given by Grantee; 
 (b) a reduction by the Corporation in Grantee’s annual base salary as in effect on the
Grant Date, as the same may be increased from time to time; 
 (c) the Corporation’s requiring Grantee to be based at any office or
location that is more than fifty (50) miles from Grantee’s office or location immediately prior to either the CIC Triggering Event or the Change in Control; 
  

 February 2008 
 -114- 

 (d) the failure by the Corporation (i) to continue in effect any bonus, stock option or other cash
or equity-based incentive plan or program in which Grantee participates immediately prior to either the CIC Triggering Event or the Change in Control that is material to Grantee’s total compensation, unless a substantially equivalent
arrangement (embodied in an ongoing substitute or alternative plan or program) has been made with respect to such plan or program, or (ii) to continue Grantee’s participation in such plan or program (or in such substitute or alternative
plan or program) on a basis at least as favorable, both in terms of the amount of benefits provided and the level of Grantee’s participation relative to other participants, as existed immediately prior to the CIC Triggering Event or the Change
in Control; or 
 (e) the failure by the Corporation to continue to provide Grantee with benefits substantially similar to those received by
Grantee under any of the Corporation’s pension (including, but not limited to, tax-qualified plans), life insurance, health, accident, disability or other welfare plans or programs in which Grantee was participating, at costs substantially
similar to those paid by Grantee, immediately prior to the CIC Triggering Event or the Change in Control. 
 14.27 “Grant”
means the grant, pursuant to Section 2, to Grantee of a Share-denominated incentive award opportunity of Performance Units with the number of Target Share Units specified in the Agreement, subject to the corporate performance conditions,
employment conditions, and other terms and conditions of the Agreement and to the Plan. 
 14.28 “Grant Date” means the
Grant Date set forth on page 1 of the Agreement, and is the date as of which the Committee authorized the Grant of the Performance Units in accordance with the Plan. 
 14.29 “Grantee” means the person to whom the Grant is made, and is identified as Grantee on page 1 of the Agreement. 
 14.30 “Internal Revenue Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986 as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. 
 14.31 “Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage”. Where the Agreement
requires the calculation of a Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage and the applicable performance measurement date specified by the Agreement is a quarter-end date other than December 31st of 2008 or 2009, and thus the applicable Performance Period consists of one or more full years and/or a partial year, then the Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage will
be the percentage that is the weighted average of the Annual Potential Payout Percentages for the full years, if any, and the Limited-Year Annual Potential Payout Percentage for the partial year in the applicable limited Performance Period
calculated as follows: 
 (a) the sum of (i) four times the sum of the Annual Potential Payout Percentages for the full years in the
period, if any, and (ii) the number of full completed quarters in the partial year of the applicable limited Performance Period, times the Limited-Year Annual Potential Payout Percentage for that partial year; 
  

 February 2008 
 -115- 

 divided by 
 (b) the total number of quarters in the applicable limited Performance Period. 
 Where the Agreement requires the calculation of a Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage and the applicable performance measurement date specified by the Agreement is December 31st of 2008 or 2009 and thus the applicable Performance Period consists of one or more full years (and no partial years), then the Limited-Period Final Potential
Payout Percentage will be the percentage that is the average (but in no event greater than 200%) of the Annual Potential Payout Percentages for the covered years in the Performance Period (e.g., one-half ( 1
/2) of the sum of the two annual percentages if the applicable Performance Period is limited to the full years 2008 and 2009). If all of the Annual
Potential Payout Percentages are 0%, then the Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage will be 0%. 
 14.32
“Limited-Year Annual Potential Payout Percentage” has the meaning set forth in the last two paragraphs of the definition of Annual Potential Payout Percentage in Section 14.2. 
 14.33 “Performance Criteria” means the corporate performance standards established by the Committee as the performance criteria for the
Performance Units as set forth in Section 3.1. 
 14.34 “Performance measurement date” has the meaning set forth in
Section 5.1 and refers to the last day of the relevant performance measurement period. 
 14.35 “Performance Period”
means the period during which corporate performance will be measured against the performance standards established by the Committee in accordance with the Agreement. The Performance Period will be the period commencing January 1, 2008 through
(and including) the applicable performance measurement date specified in the Agreement. 
 Subject to early termination or limitation where
so indicated in the Agreement by specifying an earlier performance measurement date, the performance measurement date will be December 31, 2010 and the Performance Period will be the period commencing January 1, 2008 through (and
including) December 31, 2010. 
 If the Performance Period is terminated early or limited pursuant to the terms of the Agreement, it is
sometimes referred to as the “limited performance period”. The three full years in the full Performance Period (2008, 2009 and 2010), or, if applicable, the full and partial years in the limited performance period, are sometimes
referred to as “covered years”. 
  

 February 2008 
 -116- 

 14.36 “Performance Units” means the Share-denominated incentive award opportunity
performance units granted to Grantee in this Grant in accordance with Article 10.3 of the Plan. 
 14.37 “Person” has
the meaning given in Section 3(a)(9) of the Exchange Act and also includes any syndicate or group deemed to be a person under Section 13(d)(3) of the Exchange Act. 
 14.38 “Plan” means The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. 2006 Incentive Award Plan as amended from time to time. 
 14.39 “PNC” means The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. 
 14.40 “Prorate” or “Prorated” means multiplying by a fraction, sometimes referred to as the “proration factor”, not to exceed 1 and determined as follows.

 If the Agreement specifies “prorating by years”, the proration factor is the fraction equal to (a) the number of
full years in the applicable Performance Period, (b) divided by three, which is the number of years in the full 3-year period from January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2010. 
 If the Agreement specifies “prorating by quarters”, the proration factor is the fraction equal to (a) the number of full quarters
in the applicable Performance Period, (b) divided by twelve, which is the number of quarters in the full 3-year period from January 1, 2008 through December 31, 2010. 
 14.41 “Qualifying Termination in Anticipation of a Change in Control.” Grantee’s termination of employment with the Corporation
will be deemed to have been a “Qualifying Termination in Anticipation of a Change in Control” for purposes of the Agreement if Grantee’s employment was terminated (other than by reason of Grantee’s death) by the
Corporation without Cause or by Grantee for Good Reason and the circumstances of such termination fall within one of the following: 
  

	 	(1)	such termination of employment by the Corporation without Cause or by Grantee for Good Reason occurred after the occurrence of a CIC Triggering Event but before such triggering
event resulted in a Change in Control or a CIC Failure of such event occurred; 

  

	 	(2)	such termination of employment was (a) by the Corporation without Cause, and (b) was either (i) at the request of a third party that had taken steps reasonably
calculated to effect a Change in Control or (ii) otherwise arose in anticipation of a Change in Control, and (c) a CIC Coverage Period commences (by reason of the occurrence of either a CIC Triggering Event or a Change in Control)
within three (3) months of Grantee’s Termination Date; or 

  

 February 2008 
 -117- 

	 	(3)	such termination of employment was (a) by Grantee for Good Reason, and (b) the circumstance or event that constitutes Good Reason either (i) occurred at the
request of a third party that had taken steps reasonably calculated to effect a Change in Control or (ii) otherwise arose in anticipation of a Change in Control, and (c) a CIC Coverage Period commences (by reason of the occurrence
of either a CIC Triggering Event or a Change in Control) within three (3) months of Grantee’s Termination Date. 

 If
Grantee is relying on clause (2) or clause (3) to meet the condition of this definition, Grantee will have the burden of proving that the requirements of such clause have been met and the standard of proof to be met by Grantee will be
clear and convincing evidence. 
 For purposes of clause (2) and clause (3) of this Section 14.41 only, the definition of
Change in Control in Section 14.10 will exclude the proviso in Section 14.10(a). 
 14.42 “Retiree”. Grantee is
sometimes referred to as a “Retiree” if Grantee Retires, as defined in Section 14.43. 
 14.43 “Retires” or “Retirement”. Grantee “Retires” if his employment with the Corporation terminates (a) at any time on or after the first (1st) day of the first (1st) month coincident with
or next following the date on which Grantee attains age fifty-five (55) and completes five (5) years of service (where a year of service is determined in the same manner as the determination of a year of Vesting Service under the
provisions of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. Pension Plan) with the Corporation and (b) for a reason other than termination by reason of Grantee’s death or by the Corporation for Cause or, unless the Committee or its delegate
determines otherwise, termination in connection with a divestiture of assets or a divestiture of one or more subsidiaries. If Grantee “Retires” as defined herein, the termination of Grantee’s employment with the Corporation is
sometimes referred to as “Retirement”. 
 14.44 “Schedules” means the Annual Potential Payout Calculation
Schedules established by the Committee with respect to this Grant, as described in Section 14.3. 
 14.45 “SEC” means
the United States Securities and Exchange Commission. 
 14.46 “Section 409A” means Section 409A of the Internal
Revenue Code. 
 14.47 “Share” means a share of PNC common stock. 
 14.48 “Target Share Units” means the number of Share Units specified on page 1 of the Agreement as Target Share Units, subject to
capital adjustments pursuant to Section 8, if any. 
  

 February 2008 
 -118- 

 14.49 “Termination Date” means Grantee’s last date of employment with the
Corporation. If Grantee is employed by a Consolidated Subsidiary that ceases to be a subsidiary of PNC or ceases to be a consolidated subsidiary of PNC under generally accepted accounting principles and Grantee does not continue to be employed by
PNC or a Consolidated Subsidiary, then for purposes of the Agreement, Grantee’s employment with the Corporation terminates effective at the time this occurs. 
 15. Grantee Covenants. 
 15.1 General. Grantee and PNC acknowledge and agree that Grantee has
received adequate consideration with respect to enforcement of the provisions of Sections 15 and 16 by virtue of receiving this Grant of an award opportunity of Performance Units (regardless of whether a Final Award is ultimately determined and
delivered or of the size of such Final Award, if any); that such provisions are reasonable and properly required for the adequate protection of the business of PNC and its subsidiaries; and that enforcement of such provisions will not prevent
Grantee from earning a living. 
 15.2 Non-Solicitation; No-Hire. Grantee agrees to comply with the provisions of subsections
(a) and (b) of this Section 15.2 while employed by the Corporation and for a period of twelve (12) months after Grantee’s Termination Date regardless of the reason for such termination of employment. 
 (a) Non-Solicitation. Grantee shall not, directly or indirectly, either for Grantee’s own benefit or purpose or for the benefit or purpose of
any Person other than PNC or any of its subsidiaries, solicit, call on, do business with, or actively interfere with PNC’s or any subsidiary’s relationship with, or attempt to divert or entice away, any Person that Grantee should
reasonably know (i) is a customer of PNC or any subsidiary for which PNC or any subsidiary provides any services as of the Termination Date, or (ii) was a customer of PNC or any subsidiary for which PNC or any subsidiary provided any
services at any time during the twelve (12) months preceding the Termination Date, or (iii) was, as of the Termination Date, considering retention of PNC or any subsidiary to provide any services. 
 (b) No-Hire. Grantee shall not, directly or indirectly, either for Grantee’s own benefit or purpose or for the benefit or purpose of any
Person other than PNC or any of its subsidiaries, employ or offer to employ, call on, or actively interfere with PNC’s or any subsidiary’s relationship with, or attempt to divert or entice away, any employee of PNC or any of its
subsidiaries, nor shall Grantee assist any other Person in such activities. 
 Notwithstanding the above, if Grantee’s employment with
the Corporation is terminated by the Corporation without Cause or by Grantee with Good Reason and such Termination Date occurs during a CIC Coverage Period (as defined in Section 14.11), then commencing immediately after such Termination Date,
the provisions of subsections (a) and (b) of this Section 15.2 shall no longer apply and will be replaced with the following subsection (c): 
 (c) No-Hire. Grantee agrees that Grantee shall not, for a period of twelve (12) months after the Termination Date, employ or offer to employ, solicit, actively interfere with PNC’s or any PNC
affiliate’s relationship with, or attempt to divert or entice away, any officer of PNC or any PNC affiliate. 
  

 February 2008 
 -119- 

 15.3 Confidentiality. During Grantee’s employment with the Corporation, and thereafter
regardless of the reason for termination of such employment, Grantee will not disclose or use in any way any confidential business or technical information or trade secret acquired in the course of such employment, all of which is the exclusive and
valuable property of the Corporation whether or not conceived of or prepared by Grantee, other than (a) information generally known in the Corporation’s industry or acquired from public sources, (b) as required in the course of
employment by the Corporation, (c) as required by any court, supervisory authority, administrative agency or applicable law, or (d) with the prior written consent of PNC. 
 15.4 Ownership of Inventions. Grantee shall promptly and fully disclose to PNC any and all inventions, discoveries, improvements, ideas or other
works of inventorship or authorship, whether or not patentable, that have been or will be conceived and/or reduced to practice by Grantee during the term of Grantee’s employment with the Corporation, whether alone or with others, and that are
(a) related directly or indirectly to the business or activities of PNC or any of its subsidiaries or (b) developed with the use of any time, material, facilities or other resources of PNC or any subsidiary (“Developments”).
Grantee agrees to assign and hereby does assign to PNC or its designee all of Grantee’s right, title and interest, including copyrights and patent rights, in and to all Developments. Grantee shall perform all actions and execute all instruments
that PNC or any subsidiary shall deem necessary to protect or record PNC’s or its designee’s interests in the Developments. The obligations of this Section 15.4 shall be performed by Grantee without further compensation and will
continue beyond Grantee’s Termination Date. 
 16. Enforcement Provisions. Grantee understands and agrees to the following
provisions regarding enforcement of the Agreement. 
 16.1 Governing Law and Jurisdiction. The Agreement is governed by and construed
under the laws of the Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, without reference to its conflict of laws provisions. Any dispute or claim arising out of or relating to the Agreement or claim of breach hereof shall be brought exclusively in the federal court
for the Western District of Pennsylvania or in the Court of Common Pleas of Allegheny County, Pennsylvania. By execution of the Agreement, Grantee and PNC hereby consent to the exclusive jurisdiction of such courts, and waive any right to challenge
jurisdiction or venue in such courts with regard to any suit, action, or proceeding under or in connection with the Agreement. 
 16.2
Equitable Remedies. A breach of the provisions of any of Sections 15.2, 15.3 or 15.4 will cause the Corporation irreparable harm, and the Corporation will 

  

 February 2008 
 -120- 

 
therefore be entitled to issuance of immediate, as well as permanent, injunctive relief restraining Grantee, and each and every person and entity acting in
concert or participating with Grantee, from initiation and/or continuation of such breach. 
 16.3 Tolling Period. If it becomes
necessary or desirable for the Corporation to seek compliance with the provisions of Section 15.2 by legal proceedings, the period during which Grantee shall comply with said provisions will extend for a period of twelve (12) months from
the date the Corporation institutes legal proceedings for injunctive or other relief. 
 16.4 No Waiver. Failure of PNC to demand
strict compliance with any of the terms, covenants or conditions of the Agreement will not be deemed a waiver of such term, covenant or condition, nor will any waiver or relinquishment of any such term, covenant or condition on any occasion or on
multiple occasions be deemed a waiver or relinquishment of such term, covenant or condition. 
 16.5 Severability. The restrictions
and obligations imposed by Sections 15.2, 15.3 and 15.4 are separate and severable, and it is the intent of Grantee and PNC that if any restriction or obligation imposed by any of these provisions is deemed by a court of competent jurisdiction to be
void for any reason whatsoever, the remaining provisions, restrictions and obligations will remain valid and binding upon Grantee. 
 16.6
Reform. In the event any of Sections 15.2, 15.3 and 15.4 are determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be unenforceable because unreasonable either as to length of time or area to which said restriction applies, it is the intent of
Grantee and PNC that said court reduce and reform the provisions thereof so as to apply the greatest limitations considered enforceable by the court. 
 16.7 Waiver of Jury Trial. Each of Grantee and PNC hereby waives any right to trial by jury with regard to any suit, action or proceeding under or in connection with any of Sections 15.2, 15.3 and 15.4.

 16.8 Applicable Law. Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement, PNC will not be required to comply with any term, covenant or
condition of the Agreement if and to the extent prohibited by law, including but not limited to federal banking and securities regulations, or as otherwise directed by one or more regulatory agencies having jurisdiction over PNC or any of its
subsidiaries. Further, to the extent, if any, applicable to Grantee, Grantee agrees to reimburse PNC for any amounts Grantee may be required to reimburse PNC or its subsidiaries pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, and
agrees that PNC need not comply with any term, covenant or condition of the Agreement to the extent that doing so would require that Grantee reimburse PNC or its subsidiaries for such amounts pursuant to Section 304 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of
2002. 
 16.9. Compliance with Internal Revenue Code Section 409A. It is the intention of the parties that the Grant and the
Agreement comply with the provisions of Section 409A to the extent, if any, that such provisions are applicable to the Agreement, and the Agreement will be administered by PNC in a manner consistent with this intent. 
  

 February 2008 
 -121- 

 If any payments or benefits hereunder may be deemed to constitute nonconforming deferred compensation
subject to taxation under the provisions of Section 409A, Grantee agrees that PNC may, without the consent of Grantee, modify the Agreement to the extent and in the manner PNC deems necessary or advisable or take such other action or actions,
including an amendment or action with retroactive effect, that PNC deems appropriate in order either to preclude any such payments or benefits from being deemed “deferred compensation” within the meaning of Section 409A or to provide
such payments or benefits in a manner that complies with the provisions of Section 409A such that they will not be taxable thereunder. 
 17. Amendment to 2007 Performance Units Agreement. The terms and conditions of the 2007 Performance Units Agreement between Grantee and PNC are hereby amended as follows. 
 (1) Section 3.2 is amended by restating the heading to read “Benchmark Performance Indices and Annual Potential Payout Calculation Schedules” and by replacing the second paragraph of that section with
the following: 
 “The Committee also establishes the applicable Annual Potential Payout Calculation Schedules (as
defined in Section 14.3) with respect to this Grant for the full years, and/or portion of a year where a limited-year calculation applies, in the Performance Period. The Schedule established by the Committee at the time it authorized this Grant
shall apply to 2007. The revised Schedule established by the Committee at the time it amended the schedule for this Grant shall apply beginning with the year 2008 to all other full and partial covered years in the Performance Period unless and until
amended prospectively by the Committee.” 
 (2) Section 4.1 is amended by replacing the phrase in the last sentence of the fourth paragraph of that
section that begins “except ...” and ends “...Agreement” with the following phrase: “except that in the case of death, the determination and payment of said award, if any, shall be accelerated if so indicated in
accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 5 or Section 6, as applicable, and Section 7.” 
 (3) Section 4.2 is amended by
adding the following phrase to the end of the last sentence of the last paragraph of that section: “and payable in accordance with Section 7”. 
 (4) Section 4.3 is amended by: replacing the phrase “that the Committee may” in the proviso clause in the first paragraph of that section with the phrase “that PNC may”; deleting the phrase “by the
Committee” in the first line of the second paragraph of that section; replacing the phrase “eligible for consideration for a prorated award” in the third line of the second paragraph of that section with the phrase “eligible for
Committee consideration of a prorated award”; replacing the phrase “determined and payable” in the 

  

 February 2008 
 -122- 

 
fourth line of the second paragraph of that section with “considered”; replacing the phrase “terminated by the Committee for” in the
first sentence of the fourth paragraph of that section with the phrase “terminated for”; replacing the phrase “the Committee will consider” in the first sentence of the fourth paragraph of that section with the phrase “the
Committee may consider”; replacing the phrase “Such award, if any, will be paid during the year” at the beginning of the last sentence of the fourth paragraph of that section with the phrase “Any such award determination will be
made and such award, if any, will be calculated in accordance with Section 5.1(c) as described above but will be paid in accordance with Section 7 during the calendar year”; and adding the phrase “and payable in accordance with
Section 7” to the end of the last sentence of the last paragraph of that section. 
 (5) Section 4.4 is amended by: replacing the phrase
“that the Committee may” in the proviso clause in the first paragraph of that section with the phrase “that PNC may”; restating the second paragraph of that section to read “Provided that the Grant is still outstanding at
that time, Grantee will be eligible for Committee consideration of a full award at the time that such an award, if any, would have been considered had Grantee remained a Corporation employee, calculated in accordance with Section 5.1(d) and
payable in accordance with Section 7.”; replacing the phrase “terminated by the Committee for” in the first sentence of the fourth paragraph of that section with the phrase “terminated for”; replacing the phrase
“the Committee will consider” in the first sentence of the fourth paragraph of that section with the phrase “the Committee may consider”; replacing the phrase “Such award, if any, will be paid during the year” at the
beginning of the last sentence of the fourth paragraph of that section with the phrase “Any such award determination will be made and such award, if any, will be paid in accordance with Section 7 during the year”; and adding the
phrase “and payable in accordance with Section 7” to the end of the last paragraph of that section. 
 (6) Section 4.5 is amended by
deleting the phrase “by the Committee” from the first paragraph of that section, and by adding the following sentence to the end of the third paragraph of that section: “Any such award will be payable in accordance with
Section 7.” 
 (7) Section 5.1 is amended by replacing the phrase “the calculated Annual Potential Payout Percentages for such full and
partial years” in clause (2) of the first paragraph of that section with the phrase “the calculated Annual Potential Payout Percentages determined in accordance with the applicable Schedules”. 
 (8) Section 5.1(b)(iii) is amended by adding the phrase “will be a Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage and” after the phrase “the
applicable Final Potential Payout Percentage” at the beginning of that subsection, and by adding the phrase “specified above” after “applicable Performance Period” in the last line of that subsection. Section 5.1(b)(iv)
is amended by inserting “Limited-Period” after the words “the applicable” at the beginning of clause (x) of that subsection, and by adding the phrase “specified above” after “applicable Performance
Period” in clause (y) of that subsection. 
  

 February 2008 
 -123- 

 (9) Section 5.1(c) is amended by: replacing the phrase “by the Committee prior to the award date” in the
first sentence of that Section 5.1(c) with the phrase “by PNC prior to the award date”; by replacing the phrase “applicable Performance Period” in the last two lines of subsection 5.1(c)(iii) with the phrase “applicable
limited Performance Period specified above”; and by replacing the phrase “through the applicable performance measurement date)” at the end of subsection 5.1(c)(iv) with the phrase “through the quarter-end date that is the
applicable performance measurement date specified above)”. 
  

	(10)	Section 5.1(d) is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: 

 “(d) Disability. Except as set forth in the following paragraph, in the event that Grantee becomes Disabled prior to the
regularly scheduled award date for non-exceptional circumstances in early 2010 but Grantee has met the conditions for a qualifying disability termination set forth in Section 4.4 and the Grant has not been terminated by PNC prior to the award
date pursuant to Section 4.4 for Detrimental Conduct and remains outstanding, PNC will present information to the Committee for purposes of this Section 5.1 for consideration of an award on the same basis as that set forth in
Section 5.1(a) for a continuing employee of the Corporation, together with such information as the Committee may request concerning the timing and circumstances of the disability. The scheduled award-determination period will occur in early
2010 as provided in Section 7.1. 
 If Grantee dies after a qualifying disability termination but prior to the award date
and the Grant remains outstanding, Grantee will be eligible for Committee consideration of an award at the time and up to the maximum amount of the award Grantee could have received had he died while an employee of the Corporation.” 

 

	(11)	The second full paragraph of Section 5.1(e) is amended to read as follows: 

 “If Grantee dies after a Qualifying Termination in Anticipation of a Change in Control but prior to the time the Committee makes an
award determination pursuant to Section 5.2 or a Change-in-Control-determined Award Date, Grantee will be eligible for Committee consideration of an award of up to the greater of the award Grantee could have received had he died while an
employee of the Corporation or an award determined as set forth above in this Section 5.1(e).” 
  

	(12)	The first paragraph of Section 5.2(a) is replaced with the following two paragraphs: 

 “(a) The Committee will have the authority to award to Grantee (“award”) as a Final Award such amount, denominated
as a specified number of 

  

 February 2008 
 -124- 

 
Share Units, as may be determined by the Committee, subject to the limitations set forth in the following paragraph, provided that the Grant is still
outstanding, that Grantee is either still an employee of the Corporation or qualifies for an exception to the employment condition pursuant to Section 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 or 4.5, and that the Final Potential Payout Percentage is greater than zero.

 The Final Award may not exceed the applicable Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount, as determined in accordance with
the applicable subsection of Section 5.1, and is subject to the exercise of negative discretion by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2(b), if applicable. The Committee will not have authority to exercise negative discretion if a CIC
Coverage Period has commenced and has not yet ended; if there has been a Change in Control, the Committee’s authority is subject to Section 6.” 
  

	(13)	The second paragraph of Section 5.2(b) is replaced with the following: 

 “It is anticipated that the Committee will take into account such factors as absolute A&L Unit financial performance, absolute
proprietary trading results, cumulative performance relative to benchmark, adherence to risk parameters, and Grantee’s contributions to the success of other PNC businesses when deciding whether and the extent to which to exercise its negative
discretion.” 
  

	(14)	Section 5.2(c) is amended by replacing the phrase “under Section 5.2” with the phrase “pursuant to Section 5.2”. 

  

	(15)	Section 6 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: 

 “6. Change in Control Prior to a Committee-Determined Award Date. 
 6.1 Final Award Calculation. 
 Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control at any time prior to a Committee-determined Award Date pursuant to Section 5.2, (i) the Performance
Period, if not already ended, will be limited and will end on the last day of the last full quarter completed prior to the day the Change in Control occurs or, if the Change in Control occurs on a quarter-end date, on the day the Change in Control
occurs, but in no event later than December 31, 2009, and (ii) Grantee will be deemed to have been awarded a Final Award in an amount determined as set forth in this Section 6, payable to Grantee or Grantee’s legal representative
at the time and in the manner set forth in Section 7, provided that the Grant is outstanding as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day on which the Change in Control occurs and has not already terminated or been terminated in
accordance with the terms of Section 4. 
 If this Section 6 is applicable and a Final Award is deemed to be awarded
pursuant to Section 6, the day the Change in Control occurs will be considered the 

  

 February 2008 
 -125- 

 
Award Date for purposes of the Agreement. This date is sometimes referred to in the Agreement as the “Change-in-Control-determined Award Date” (as
set forth in Section 14.4). 
 (a) Standard CIC Payout Calculation. Provided that Grantee is an employee of the
Corporation and the Grant is outstanding as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day on which the Change in Control occurs such that Grantee remains eligible for an award, Grantee’s Final Award will be determined as follows:

 (i) the applicable performance measurement date will be the last day of the last full quarter completed prior to the day
the Change in Control occurs, or, if the Change in Control occurs on a quarter-end date, the day the Change in Control occurs, but in no event later than December 31, 2009; 
 (ii) the applicable Performance Period will be the period commencing on January 1, 2007 and ending on the applicable performance
measurement date, and will consist of the full and partial years in that period; 
 (iii) the scheduled award-determination
period will occur as soon as practicable after the occurrence of the Change in Control; and 
 (iv) a Final Award will be
calculated in two parts (Part A and Part B), and the Final Award amount will be the sum of the amounts calculated for the Part A Award and the Part B Award as set forth below; provided, however, that the Part B Award is subject to
Section 6.3 and that the Part B Award is not applicable in the limited circumstance where the Change in Control occurs on or after December 31, 2009 and the Part A Award is not prorated. 
 Part A Award: The Part A Award amount will be the number of Share Units equal to: 
 (1) the “CIC Payout Percentage” (calculated as set forth below) of the Target Share Units, then, except where the Change in Control occurs on or
after December 31, 2009 and therefore the applicable Performance Period covers a full three years, 
 (2) prorated (as defined in
Section 14.40) based on the number of full quarters in the applicable limited Performance Period (i.e., in the period from January 1, 2007 through the quarter-end date that is the applicable performance measurement date specified
above). 
 The “CIC Payout Percentage” will be (a) or (b) below, as applicable, (but in no event greater than 200%):

 (a) If the Change in Control occurs prior to December 31, 2009, such that the Performance Period is less than three full years, the
CIC Payout Percentage will be the higher of (1) 100% and (2) a Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage calculated as set forth in Section 14.31 for the applicable limited Performance Period specified above; and

  

 February 2008 
 -126- 

 (b) If the Change in Control occurs on or after December 31, 2009, the CIC Payout Percentage will be
the average of the Annual Potential Payout Percentages for the full years 2007, 2008 and 2009. 
 Part B Award: Subject to
Section 6.3, the Part B Award amount will be the number of Share Units equal to: 
  

	 	(1)	100% of the Target Share Units, multiplied by 

  

	 	(3)	the fraction equal to 1.00 minus the fraction used for the proration by quarters in the calculation of the Part A Award above. 

 If the calculation of the Part A Award above does not include a proration factor, the Part B Award will not be applicable. 
 If Grantee dies after the Change in Control occurs, Grantee’s Final Award determined pursuant to this Section 6.1(a) will be
paid to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance with Section 9. 
 (b) Death. If Grantee died while an employee of the Corporation and a Final Award determination (either to award a specified amount or not to authorize any award) was made by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 prior to the
Change in Control, no further or different award determination will be made pursuant to this Section 6.1. 
 In the event
the Grantee died while an employee of the Corporation and qualified for consideration for an award pursuant to Section 4.2 but the Committee had not yet made an award determination (either to award a specified amount or not to authorize any
award) with respect to Grantee at the time the Change in Control occurs such that Grantee remains eligible for an award, then the scheduled award-determination period will occur as soon as practicable after the occurrence of the Change in Control,
and the amount of Grantee’s Final Award (payable to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance with Section 9) will be determined on the following basis, as applicable. 
 (1) If Grantee died in the calendar year prior to the Change in Control but the Committee had not yet made an award determination (either to award a
specified amount or not to authorize any award) with respect to Grantee at the time the Change in Control occurs, Grantee’s Final Award will be in the amount of the Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount determined in the same manner as set
forth in Section 5.1(b) but with no Committee discretion to reduce the amount of the award. 
  

 February 2008 
 -127- 

 (2) If Grantee died in the same calendar year as the Change in Control, Grantee’s Final Award will
be in the amount of the award that would have been payable to Grantee pursuant to the calculations set forth in Section 6.1(a), but substituting a Part B Award of zero Share Units for any Part B Award amount calculated pursuant to that section,
had Grantee not died but had been an employee of the Corporation as of the end of day immediately preceding the day the Change in Control occurred. 
 (c) Qualifying Retirement. In the event that Grantee Retired prior to the day the Change in Control occurs but Grantee has met the conditions for a qualifying retirement termination set forth in
Section 4.3 and the Grant has not been terminated by PNC prior to the Change in Control pursuant to Section 4.3 for Detrimental Conduct and is outstanding as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day on which the Change in
Control occurs such that Grantee remains eligible for an award, Grantee’s Final Award will be in the amount of the lesser of: 
 (1) the Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount determined in the same manner as set forth in Section 5.1(c) but with no Committee discretion to reduce the amount of the award; and 
 (2) the amount of the award that would have been payable to Grantee pursuant to the calculations set forth in Section 6.1(a), but substituting a Part
B Award of zero Share Units for any Part B Award amount calculated pursuant to that section, had Grantee not Retired but had been an employee of the Corporation as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day the Change in Control occurred.

 The scheduled award-determination period will occur as soon as practicable after the occurrence of the Change in Control.

 If Grantee died while a qualified Retiree and a Final Award determination (either to award a specified amount or not to
authorize any award) was made by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 prior to the Change in Control, no further or different award determination will be made pursuant to this Section 6.1. 
 If no such Final Award determination was made prior to the Change in Control, Grantee’s Final Award determined pursuant to this
Section 6.1(c) will be paid to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance with Section 9. 
 (d) Disability. In the event that Grantee became Disabled and Grantee’s employment with the Corporation terminated prior to the day the Change in Control occurs but Grantee has met the conditions for a
qualifying disability termination set forth in Section 4.4 and the Grant has not been terminated by PNC prior to the Change in Control pursuant to Section 4.4 for 

  

 February 2008 
 -128- 

 
Detrimental Conduct and is outstanding as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day on which the Change in Control occurs such that Grantee remains
eligible for an award, Grantee’s Final Award will be in the amount of the award that would have been payable to Grantee pursuant to the calculations set forth in Section 6.1(a), but substituting a Part B Award of zero Share Units for any
Part B Award amount calculated pursuant to that section, had Grantee still been an employee of the Corporation as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day the Change in Control occurred. The scheduled award-determination period will occur
as soon as practicable after the occurrence of the Change in Control. 
 If Grantee died while qualified to receive an award
and a Final Award determination (either to award a specified amount or not to authorize any award) was made by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 prior to the Change in Control, no further or different award determination will be made
pursuant to this Section 6.1. If no such Final Award determination was made prior to the Change in Control, Grantee’s Final Award (payable to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance
with Section 9) will be an award determined in accordance with Section 6.1(b) as if Grantee had died while an employee of the Corporation and prior to the Change in Control. 
 (e) Qualifying Termination in Anticipation of a Change in Control. In the event that Grantee’s termination of employment
satisfies all of the conditions set forth in Section 4.5 and Section 14.41 for a qualifying termination in anticipation of a change in control such that the Grant is outstanding at the time the Change in Control occurs and Grantee remains
eligible for an award, Grantee will receive a Final Award on the following basis, as applicable. 
 (1) If the Change in Control occurs within
three (3) months of Grantee’s Termination Date, Grantee will receive a Final Award on the same basis as a continuing employee of the Corporation as set forth in Section 6.1(a). 
 (2) If the Change in Control occurs more than three (3) months after Grantee’s Termination Date but the Grant is outstanding because
Grantee’s termination of employment qualifies under Section 4.5 and Section 14.41 by, among other conditions, having occurred after or within three months prior to a CIC Triggering Event, Grantee will receive a Final Award on the same
basis as a qualifying Retiree as set forth in Section 6.1(c). 
 If Grantee died while qualified to receive an award and
a Final Award determination (either to award a specified amount or not to authorize any award) was made by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 prior to the Change in Control, no further or different award determination will be made pursuant
to this Section 6.1. If no such Final Award determination was made prior to the Change in Control, Grantee’s Final Award (payable to Grantee’s legal representative, as 

  

 February 2008 
 -129- 

 
determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance with Section 9) will be in the same amount as the Final Award that would have been paid to
Grantee pursuant to this Section 6.1(e) had Grantee still been alive on the Change-in-Control-determined Award Date. 
 6.2 No Committee Discretion. The Committee may not exercise any negative discretion pursuant to Section 5.2(b) or otherwise exercise discretion pursuant to the Agreement in any way that would serve to reduce an award deemed to
be made to Grantee pursuant to this Section 6. 
 6.3 Conditions for Final Award Calculation Part B Award. Certain
subsections of Section 6.1 specify that a Final Award will be calculated in two parts: Part A Award and Part B Award. The Part B Award portion, where otherwise applicable pursuant to Section 6.1, is subject to the condition that
Grantee have entered into a new change of control employment agreement with PNC after January 1, 2008. 
 Notwithstanding
anything in Section 6.1 to the contrary, unless and until Grantee has entered into such an agreement, the calculation of a Final Award pursuant to Section 6.1 shall in no event include a Part B Award.” 
 (16) Section 7.1 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: 
 “7.1 Payment of Final Award Determined by the Committee. 
 (a) Form of Payment. Payment of any Final Award determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 will be made in cash in an
amount equal to the number of Share Units specified in the Final Award multiplied by the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 14.22) on the Award Date of a share of PNC common stock or as otherwise provided in Section 8, if applicable.

 (b) Timing. Determination of eligibility for an award, calculation of the maximum permitted award amount, and a
decision by the Committee on whether or not to authorize an award and, if so, the size of such Final Award (the “scheduled award-determination process”) and then payment of any such Final Award will all generally occur in the first quarter
of 2010 or as soon thereafter as practicable after the final data necessary for the Committee to make its award determination is available. 
 In general, it is expected that the Award Date will occur in 2010 and no later than the end of the second quarter of that year, and that payment of a Final Award, if any, will be made as soon as practicable after the
Award Date. Except as otherwise provided below, in no event will payment be made earlier than January 1, 2010 or later than December 31, 2010, other than in unusual circumstances where a further delay thereafter would be permitted under
Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and if such a delay is permissible, as soon as practicable within such limits. 
  

 February 2008 
 -130- 

 In the event of Grantee’s death prior to the Award Date where Grantee has satisfied
all of the conditions of Section 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 or 4.5 of the Agreement and otherwise meets all applicable criteria as set forth in the Agreement for consideration for an award, (a) the scheduled award-determination process will occur at
the same time and in the same manner that such process would have occurred had Grantee remained an employee of the Corporation, provided that if the death occurs prior to 2009, the scheduled award-determination process will occur in the calendar
year immediately following Grantee’s death, and (b) payment of a Final Award, if any, will be made during the calendar year immediately following the year in which Grantee died if the death occurs on or prior to December 31, 2009, or
in 2010 if Grantee dies in 2010, provided, that, in no event will payment occur later than December 31st of the calendar year so specified as the year for payment, other than in unusual circumstances where a further delay
thereafter would be permitted under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and if such a delay is permissible, as soon as practicable within such limits. 
 Otherwise, in the event that Grantee is no longer employed by the Corporation but has satisfied all of the conditions of Section 4.3,
4.4 or 4.5 of the Agreement and otherwise meets all applicable criteria as set forth in the Agreement for consideration for an award, (a) the scheduled award-determination process will occur at the same time and in the same manner that such
process would have occurred had Grantee remained an employee of the Corporation, generally in 2010 during the first quarter of that year, and (b) once the Committee has made its award determination, payment of a Final Award, if any, will be
made as soon as practicable after the Award Date, provided, that, in no event will payment be made earlier than January 1, 2010 or later than December 31, 2010, other than in unusual circumstances where a further delay
thereafter would be permitted under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and if such a delay is permissible, as soon as practicable within such limits. 
 (c) Disputes. If there is a dispute regarding payment of the Final Award, PNC will settle the undisputed portion of the award, if
any, within the time frame set forth above in this Section 7.1, and will settle any remaining portion as soon as practicable after such dispute is finally resolved but in any event within the time period permitted under Section 409A of the
Internal Revenue Code.” 
 (17) Section 7.2 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: 
 “7.2 Payment of Final Award Determined by Section 6. If a Final Award is deemed to be made pursuant to Section 6
rather than determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2, the Final Award is fully vested as of the date of the Change in Control. The size of the Final Award in Share Units will be calculated as of the date of the Change in Control once
the final data necessary for the award determination is available, and the Final Award will be paid in cash as set forth below. 
  

 February 2008 
 -131- 

 (a) Timing. Payment of the Final Award will be made by PNC at the time set forth
in subsection (a)(1) of this Section 7.2 unless payment at such time would be a noncompliant payment under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and otherwise, at the time set forth in subsection (a)(2) of this Section 7.2, in
either case as further described below. 
 (1) If, under the
circumstances, the Change in Control is a permissible payment event under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, payment of the Final Award will be made in cash as soon as practicable after the date the Change in Control occurs and the
amount of the Final Award is determinable and determined in accordance with Section 6, but in no event later than December 31st of the
calendar year in which the Change in Control occurs or, if later, by the 15th day of the third calendar month following the date on which the Change
in Control occurs, other than in unusual circumstances where a further delay thereafter would be permitted under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and if such a delay is permissible, as soon as practicable within such limits.

 (2) If, under the circumstances, payment at the time of the Change in Control would not comply with Section 409A of
the Internal Revenue Code, then payment will be made in cash as soon as practicable after January 1, 2010, but in no event later than December 31, 2010. 
 (b) Form of Payment. The Final Award will be paid in cash. 
 If, under the circumstances, the Change in Control is a permissible payment event under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and
payment of the Final Award is made at the time specified in Section 7.2(a)(1), then the Final Award will be in an amount equal to the base amount described below in subsection (A) of this Section 7.2(b). 
 If, under the circumstances, payment at the time of the Change in Control would not comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue
Code and payment of the Final Award is made at the time specified in Section 7.2(a)(2), then the Final Award will be in an amount equal to the base amount described below in subsection (A) of this Section 7.2(b) plus the
phantom investment amount described below in subsection (B) of this Section 7.2(b). 
 (A) The base amount will be
an amount equal to the number of Share Units specified in the Final Award multiplied by the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 14.22) of a share of PNC common stock on the date of the Change in Control or as otherwise provided in
Section 8, if applicable. 
  

 February 2008 
 -132- 

 (B) The phantom investment amount will be either (i) or (ii), whichever is larger:
(i) interest on the base amount described in Section 7.2(b)(A) from the date of the Change in Control through the payment date at the short-term, mid-term or long-term Federal rate under Internal Revenue Code Section 1274 (b)(2)(B),
as applicable depending on the term until payment, compounded semi-annually; or (ii) a phantom investment amount with respect to said base amount that reflects, if positive, the performance of the PNC stock or other consideration received by a
PNC common shareholder in the Change in Control transaction, with dividends reinvested in such stock, from the date of the Change in Control through the payment date. PNC may, at its option, provide other phantom investment alternatives in addition
to those referenced in the preceding sentence and may permit Grantee to make a phantom investment election from among such alternatives under and in accordance with procedures established by PNC, but any such alternatives must provide for at least
the two phantom investments set forth in Section 7.2(b)(B)(i) and (ii) at a minimum. The phantom investment amount will be applicable only in the event that payment at the time of the Change in Control would not comply with
Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and thus payment is made at the time specified in Section 7.2(a)(2) rather than at the time specified in Section 7.2(a)(1). 
 (c) Disputes. If there is a dispute regarding payment of the Final Award, PNC will settle the undisputed portion of the award, if
any, within the time frame set forth in the applicable subsection of Section 7.2(a), and will settle any remaining portion as soon as practicable after such dispute is finally resolved but in any event within the time period permitted under
Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.” 
 (18) Section 7.3 is amended by adding the following phrase to the end of the first paragraph of
that section: “, at the time specified in the applicable subsection of Section 7.2.” 
 (19) The definition of Annual Potential Payout
Percentage in Section 14.2 is amended by inserting the phrase “applicable for that year” after the phrase “Annual Potential Payout Calculation Schedule” in the first paragraph of that section. 
 (20) The definition of Annual Potential Payout Calculation Schedule or Schedule in Section 14.3 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 “14.3 “Annual Potential Payout Calculation Schedule” or “Schedule” for a given full
or partial covered year means the schedule established by the Committee with respect to this Grant as applicable for that year and setting forth the method by which the Annual Potential Payout Percentage will be calculated for that full covered year
on the basis of the level of financial return from investing activities achieved by the A&L Unit compared to applicable Benchmark Performance Index for that year. The Limited-Year Annual Potential Payout Percentage will be calculated for that
partial covered year, if a partial or limited 

  

 February 2008 
 -133- 

 
year calculation is required by the Agreement, on the basis of the level of financial return from investing activities achieved by the A&L Unit compared
to applicable Benchmark Performance Index for the year-to-date period (using full quarters only) beginning on January 1 of that partial year and ending on the performance measurement date specified by the Agreement.” 
 (21) The definition of Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount in Section 14.7 is amended by replacing the phrase “and the Annual Potential Payout
Calculation Schedule established by the Committee” with the phrase “and the applicable Annual Potential Payout Calculation Schedules established by the Committee” in that section. 
 (22) The definition of CIC Payout Percentage in Section 14.13 is amended by changing the section reference therein from “Section 6.1(a)(iii)” to
“Section 6.1(a)(iv)”. 
 (23) The definition of Disabled in Section 14.20 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 “14.20 “Disabled” or “Disability” means, except as may otherwise be required by
Section 409A, that Grantee either (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a
continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12
months, receiving (and has received for at least three months) income replacement benefits under any Corporation-sponsored disability benefit plan. If Grantee has been determined to be eligible for Social Security disability benefits, Grantee shall
be presumed to be Disabled as defined herein.” 
 (24) The definition of Final Potential Payout Percentage in Section 14.24 is amended and restated
in its entirety to read as follows: 
 “14.24 “Final Potential Payout Percentage.” 
 Where a Final Award determination is made pursuant to Section 5, the term “Final Potential Payout Percentage” will
have the meaning set forth in (a) or (b) below, whichever is applicable in the circumstances. 
 (a) Where the Performance Period specified by the applicable section of the
Agreement is the full three-year period commencing January 1, 2007 through and including December 31, 2009, then the Final Potential Payout Percentage will be the percentage that is the average (but in no event greater than 200%) of the
Annual Potential Payout Percentages for the three full covered years in the Performance Period (i.e., one-third ( 1/3rd) of the sum of the annual percentages for the full years 2007, 2008 and 2009). If all of the Annual Potential Payout Percentages are 0%, then the Final Potential Payout Percentage will be 0%. 
  

 February 2008 
 -134- 

 (b) Where the applicable performance measurement date specified by the Agreement is a
quarter-end or year-end date other than December 31, 2009, then the Final Potential Payout Percentage will be a Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage and will be calculated as set forth in Section 14.31. 
 Where a Final Award is deemed to be awarded pursuant to Section 6 by reason of the occurrence of a Change in Control, the payout
calculation will be as set forth in the applicable subsection of Section 6.” 
 (25) Clause (a) of the first paragraph of the definition of
Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage in Section 14.31 is amended by revising clause (a)(ii) to read as follows: “(ii) the number of full completed quarters in the partial year of the applicable limited Performance Period, times
the Limited-Year Annual Potential Payout Percentage for that partial year;”. 
 (26) The definition of Retires or Retirement in Section 14.43 is
amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: 
 “14.43
“Retires” or “Retirement”. Grantee “Retires” if his employment with the Corporation terminates (a) at any time on or after the first (1st
) day of the first (1st) month coincident with or next following the date on which Grantee
attains age fifty-five (55) and completes five (5) years of service (where a year of service is determined in the same manner as the determination of a year of Vesting Service under the provisions of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc.
Pension Plan) with the Corporation and (b) for a reason other than termination by reason of Grantee’s death or by the Corporation for Cause or, unless the Committee or its delegate determines otherwise, termination in connection with a
divestiture of assets or a divestiture of one or more subsidiaries. If Grantee “Retires” as defined herein, the termination of Grantee’s employment with the Corporation is sometimes referred to as
“Retirement”.” 
 (27) The definition of Schedule in Section 14.44 is amended by replacing the word “Schedule” with
“Schedules” in that section. 
 18. Amendment to 2006 Performance Unit Agreement. The terms and conditions of the 2006
Performance Unit Agreement between Grantee and PNC are hereby amended as follows. 
 (1) Section 2 is amended by: replacing the phrase “level of
financial returns from investing and proprietary trading activities” in the second sentence of the third paragraph of that section with the phrase “level of financial return from investing activities”; adding the phrase “ or if
the Committee exercises its negative discretion” to the end of the fourth paragraph of that section; and by restating the last sentence of the fifth paragraph 

  

 February 2008 
 -135- 

 
of that section to read as follows: “The Grant must still be outstanding at the time a Final Award determination is made for Grantee to be eligible to
receive an award, and any Final Award and payment thereof is subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Agreement and to the Plan.” 
 (2) In
the introductory sentences of Section 3 and Section 4, the verb “will be” is replaced with the verb “is”. 
 (3)
Section 3.1 is amended by restating the first sentence of that section to read as follows: “The corporate Performance Goals established by the Committee for this Grant are the levels of financial return from investing activities achieved
by the A&L Unit relative to applicable Benchmark Performance Index, as defined in Section 14.5, for each applicable period.” 
 (4)
Section 3.2 is amended by restating the heading to read “Benchmark Performance Indices and Annual Potential Payout Calculation Schedules” and by replacing the second paragraph of that section with the following: 
 “The Committee also establishes the applicable Annual Potential Payout Calculation Schedules (as defined in Section 14.3) with
respect to this Grant for the full years, and/or portion of a year where a limited-year calculation applies, in the Performance Period. The Schedule established by the Committee at the time it authorized this Grant shall apply to 2006 and 2007. The
revised Schedule established by the Committee at the time it amended the schedule for this Grant shall apply to the year 2008 or any applicable portion thereof.” 
 (5) Section 3.3 is amended by: replacing the phrase “the level of financial returns from investing and proprietary trading activities” in the first and second paragraphs of that section with the phrase
“the level of financial return from investing activities”; and restating subclause (2) in the first paragraph of that section to read as follows: “calculate the Annual Potential Payout Percentage, as defined in Section 14.2,
achieved by the A&L Unit for that year.” 
 (6) Section 4.1 is amended by: replacing the reference to Section 14.47 in the second
paragraph of that section with a reference to Section 14.48; replacing the phrase in the last sentence of the fourth paragraph of that section that begins “except ...” and ends “...Agreement” with the following phrase:
“except that in the case of death, the determination and payment of said award, if any, shall be accelerated if so indicated in accordance with the applicable provisions of Section 5 or Section 6, as applicable, and
Section 7.”; restating the fifth paragraph of that section to read as follows: “Any award that the Committee may determine to make after Grantee’s death will be paid to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good
faith by the Committee, in accordance with Section 9.”; replacing the phrase “Committee determines Final Awards” in the last paragraph of that section with the phrase “Committee makes a Final Award determination”; and
replacing the phrase “awards will be determined” in the last paragraph of that section with the phrase “an award will be determined”. 
  

 February 2008 
 -136- 

 (7) Section 4.2 is amended by restating the last paragraph of that section to read as follows: “In the event
that a Change in Control occurs prior to the time the Committee makes an award determination with respect to Grantee (either to award a specified amount or not to authorize any award), an award will be deemed to be made pursuant to Section 6,
calculated as specified in Section 6.1(b), and payable in accordance with Section 7.” 
 (8) Section 4.3 is amended by: replacing the
phrase “that the Committee may” in the proviso clause in the first paragraph of that section with the phrase “that PNC may”; replacing the phrase “eligible for consideration for a prorated award” in the second paragraph
of that section with the phrase “eligible for Committee consideration of a prorated award”; replacing the phrase “would have been determined and payable” in the second paragraph of that section with the phrase “would have
been considered”; adding the phrase “but in no event later than December 31, 2008” after “Grantee’s Retirement date” in the second paragraph of that section; replacing the portion of the fourth paragraph of that
section that appears after the clause that begins “If Grantee dies ...” and ends “... at the time of Grantee’s death,” with the following: “the Committee may consider an award for Grantee and make an award
determination with respect to Grantee (either to award a specified amount or not to authorize any award). Any such award determination will be made and such award, if any, will be calculated in accordance with Section 5.1(c) as described above
but will be paid in accordance with Section 7 during the calendar year immediately following the year in which Grantee’s death occurs, if the death occurs on or prior to December 31, 2008, or in 2009 if the death occurs in 2009 but
prior to the Award Date.”; and adding the phrase “and payable in accordance with Section 7” to the end of the last sentence of the last paragraph of that section. 
 (9) Section 4.4 is amended by: replacing the phrase “that the Committee may” in the proviso clause in the first paragraph of that section with the phrase “that PNC may”; restating the second
paragraph of that section to read as follows: “Provided that the Grant is still outstanding at that time, Grantee will be eligible for Committee consideration of a full award at the time that such an award, if any, would have been considered
had Grantee remained a Corporation employee, calculated in accordance with Section 5.1(d) and payable in accordance with Section 7.”; replacing the portion of the fourth paragraph of that section that appears after the clause that
begins “If Grantee dies ...” and ends “... at the time of Grantee’s death,” with the following: “the Committee may consider an award for Grantee and make an award determination with respect to Grantee (either to
award a specified amount or not to authorize any award). Any such award determination will be made and such award, if any, will be paid in accordance with Section 7 during the year immediately following the year in which Grantee’s death
occurs, if the death occurs on or prior to December 31, 2008, or in 2009 if the death occurs in 2009 but prior to the Award Date; provided, however, that the maximum award that may be approved in these circumstances is the award that could have
been authorized had Grantee died while an employee of the Corporation.”; and adding the phrase “and payable in accordance with Section 7” to the end of the last paragraph of that section. 
  

 February 2008 
 -137- 

 (10) Section 4.5 is amended by deleting the phrase “by the Committee” from the first paragraph of that
section, and by adding the following sentence to the end of the third paragraph of that section: “Any such award will be payable in accordance with Section 7.” 
 (11) Section 5.1 is amended by: replacing the word “Attainment” in the heading with the phrase “Level of Achievement”; replacing the phrase “financial returns from investing and
proprietary trading activities” in clause (1) of the first paragraph of that section with the phrase “financial return from investing activities”; replacing the phrase “the Annual Potential Payout Percentages determined in
accordance with Schedule I for such full and partial years” in clause (2) of the first paragraph of that section with the phrase “the calculated Annual Potential Payout Percentages determined in accordance with the applicable
Schedules”; and inserting the word “calculated” before the word “Final” in clause (3) of the first paragraph of that section. 
 (12) Section 5.1(a) is amended by replacing the phrase “the attainment of Performance Goals” with the phrase “the level of achievement of the corporate Performance Goals” in the first paragraph of that
Section 5.1(a). 
 (13) Section 5.1(b)(iii) is amended by adding the phrase “will be a Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage
and” after the phrase “the applicable Final Potential Payout Percentage” at the beginning of that subsection, and by adding the phrase “specified above” after “applicable Performance Period” in the last line of
that subsection. Section 5.1(b)(iv) is amended by inserting “Limited-Period” after the words “the applicable” at the beginning of clause (x) of that subsection, and by adding the phrase “specified above” after
“applicable Performance Period” in clause (y) of that subsection. 
 (14) Section 5.1(c) is amended by: replacing the phrase “by the
Committee prior to the Award Date” in the first sentence of that Section 5.1(c) with the phrase “by PNC prior to the Award Date”; by replacing the phrase “applicable Performance Period” in the last two lines of
subsection 5.1(c)(iii) with the phrase “applicable limited Performance Period specified above”; and by replacing the phrase “through the applicable performance measurement date)” at the end of subsection 5.1(c)(iv) with the
phrase “through the quarter-end date that is the applicable performance measurement date specified above)”. 
 (15) Section 5.1(d) is amended
and restated in its entirety to read as follows: 
 “(d) Disability. Except as set forth in the following
paragraph, in the event that Grantee becomes Disabled prior to the regularly scheduled award date for non-exceptional circumstances in early 2009 but Grantee has met the conditions for a qualifying disability termination set forth in
Section 4.4 and the Grant has not been terminated by PNC prior to the Award Date pursuant to Section 4.4 for Detrimental Conduct and remains outstanding, PNC will present information to the Committee for purposes of this Section 5.1
for consideration of an award on the same basis as that set forth in Section 5.1(a) for a continuing 

  

 February 2008 
 -138- 

 
employee of the Corporation, together with such information as the Committee may request concerning the timing and circumstances of the disability. The
scheduled award-determination period will occur in early 2009 as provided in Section 7.1. 
 If Grantee dies after a
qualifying disability termination but prior to the Award Date and the Grant remains outstanding, Grantee will be eligible for Committee consideration of an award at the time and up to the maximum amount of the award Grantee could have received had
he died while an employee of the Corporation.” 
 (16) The second full paragraph of Section 5.1(e) is amended to read as follows: 
 “If Grantee dies after a Qualifying Termination in Anticipation of a Change in Control but prior to the time the Committee makes an
award determination pursuant to Section 5.2 or a Change-in-Control-determined Award Date, Grantee will be eligible for Committee consideration of an award of up to the greater of the award Grantee could have received had he died while an
employee of the Corporation or an award determined as set forth above in this Section 5.1(e).” 
 (17) The heading of Section 5.2 is amended
by replacing the word “Determinations” with “Determination”. The first paragraph of Section 5.2(a) is replaced with the following two paragraphs: 
 “(a) The Committee will have the authority to award to Grantee (“award”) as a Final Award such share-denominated
amount as may be determined by the Committee, subject to the limitations set forth in the following paragraph, provided that the Grant is still outstanding, that Grantee is either still an employee of the Corporation or qualifies for an exception to
the employment condition pursuant to Section 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 or 4.5, and that the Final Potential Payout Percentage is greater than zero. 
 The Final Award may not exceed the applicable Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount, as determined in accordance with the applicable subsection of Section 5.1, and is subject to the exercise of negative
discretion by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2(b), if applicable. The Committee will not have authority to exercise negative discretion if a CIC Coverage Period has commenced and has not yet ended; if there has been a Change in Control,
the Committee’s authority is subject to Section 6.” 
 (18) The last paragraph of Section 5.2(a) is amended by inserting the phrase
“, as determined in good faith by the Committee,” after the phrase “Grantee’s legal representative”. The first paragraph of Section 5.2(b) is amended by replacing the phrase “financial returns from investing and
proprietary trading activities” with the phrase “financial return from investing activities”. 
  

 February 2008 
 -139- 

 (19) The second paragraph of Section 5.2(b) is replaced with the following: 
 “It is anticipated that the Committee will take into account such factors as absolute A&L Unit financial performance, absolute
proprietary trading results, cumulative performance relative to benchmark, adherence to risk parameters, and Grantee’s contributions to the success of other PNC businesses when deciding whether and the extent to which to exercise its negative
discretion.” 
 (20) Section 5.2(c) is amended by replacing the phrase “under Section 5.2” with the phrase “pursuant to
Section 5.2”. 
 (21) Section 6 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: 
 “6. Change in Control Prior to a Committee-Determined Award Date. 
 6.1 Final Award Calculation. 
 Notwithstanding anything in the Agreement to the contrary, upon the occurrence of a Change in Control at any time prior to a Committee-determined Award Date pursuant to Section 5.2, (i) the Performance
Period, if not already ended, will be limited and will end on the last day of the last full quarter completed prior to the day the Change in Control occurs or, if the Change in Control occurs on a quarter-end date, on the day the Change in Control
occurs, but in no event later than December 31, 2008, and (ii) Grantee will be deemed to have been awarded a Final Award in an amount determined as set forth in this Section 6, payable to Grantee or Grantee’s legal representative
at the time and in the manner set forth in Section 7, provided that the Grant is outstanding as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day on which the Change in Control occurs and has not already terminated or been terminated in
accordance with the terms of Section 4. 
 If this Section 6 is applicable and a Final Award is deemed to be awarded
pursuant to Section 6, the day the Change in Control occurs will be considered the Award Date for purposes of the Agreement. This date is sometimes referred to in the Agreement as the “Change-in-Control-determined Award Date” (as set
forth in Section 14.4). 
 (a) Standard CIC Payout Calculation. Provided that Grantee is an employee of the
Corporation and the Grant is outstanding as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day on which the Change in Control occurs such that Grantee remains eligible for an award, Grantee’s Final Award will be determined as follows:

 (i) the applicable performance measurement date will be the last day of the last full quarter completed prior to the day
the Change in Control occurs, or, if the Change in Control occurs on a quarter-end date, the day the Change in Control occurs, but in no event later than December 31, 2008; 
  

 February 2008 
 -140- 

 (ii) the applicable Performance Period will be the period commencing on January 1,
2006 and ending on the applicable performance measurement date, and will consist of the full and partial years in that period; 
 (iii) the scheduled award-determination period will occur as soon as practicable after the occurrence of the Change in Control; and 
 (iv) a Final Award will be calculated in two parts (Part A and Part B), and the Final Award amount will be the sum of the amounts calculated for the Part A Award and the Part B Award as set forth below;
provided, however, that the Part B Award is subject to Section 6.3 and that the Part B Award is not applicable in the limited circumstance where the Change in Control occurs on or after December 31, 2008 and the Part A Award
is not prorated. 
 Part A Award: The Part A Award amount will be the number of share units equal to: 

(1) the “CIC Payout Percentage” (calculated as set forth below) of the Target Share Units, then, except where the Change in Control occurs on
or after December 31, 2008 and therefore the applicable Performance Period covers a full three years, 
 (2) prorated (as defined in
Section 14.39) based on the number of full quarters in the applicable limited Performance Period (i.e., in the period from January 1, 2006 through the quarter-end date that is the applicable performance measurement date specified
above). 
 The “CIC Payout Percentage” will be (a) or (b) below, as applicable, (but in no event greater than 200%):

 (a) If the Change in Control occurs prior to December 31, 2008, such that the Performance Period is less than three full years, the
CIC Payout Percentage will be the higher of (1) 100% and (2) a Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage calculated as set forth in Section 14.30 for the applicable limited Performance Period specified above; and

 (b) If the Change in Control occurs on or after December 31, 2008, the CIC Payout Percentage will be the average of the Annual
Potential Payout Percentages for the full years 2006, 2007 and 2008. 
 Part B Award: Subject to Section 6.3, the
Part B Award amount will be the number of share units equal to: 
  

	 	(1)	100% of the Target Share Units, multiplied by 

  

 February 2008 
 -141- 

	 	(4)	the fraction equal to 1.00 minus the fraction used for the proration by quarters in the calculation of the Part A Award above. 

 If the calculation of the Part A Award above does not include a proration factor, the Part B Award will not be applicable. 
 If Grantee dies after the Change in Control occurs, Grantee’s Final Award determined pursuant to this Section 6.1(a) will be
paid to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance with Section 9. 
 (b) Death. If Grantee died while an employee of the Corporation and a Final Award determination (either to award a specified amount or not to authorize any award) was made by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 prior to the
Change in Control, no further or different award determination will be made pursuant to this Section 6.1. 
 In the event
the Grantee died while an employee of the Corporation and qualified for consideration for an award pursuant to Section 4.2 but the Committee had not yet made an award determination (either to award a specified amount or not to authorize any
award) with respect to Grantee at the time the Change in Control occurs such that Grantee remains eligible for an award, then the scheduled award-determination period will occur as soon as practicable after the occurrence of the Change in Control,
and the amount of Grantee’s Final Award (payable to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance with Section 9) will be determined on the following basis, as applicable. 
 (1) If Grantee died in the calendar year prior to the Change in Control but the Committee had not yet made an award determination (either to award a
specified amount or not to authorize any award) with respect to Grantee at the time the Change in Control occurs, Grantee’s Final Award will be in the amount of the Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount determined in the same manner as set
forth in Section 5.1(b) but with no Committee discretion to reduce the amount of the award. 
 (2) If Grantee died in the same calendar
year as the Change in Control, Grantee’s Final Award will be in the amount of the award that would have been payable to Grantee pursuant to the calculations set forth in Section 6.1(a), but substituting a Part B Award of zero Share Units
for any Part B Award amount calculated pursuant to that section, had Grantee not died but had been an employee of the Corporation as of the end of day immediately preceding the day the Change in Control occurred. 
 (c) Qualifying Retirement. In the event that Grantee Retired prior to the day the Change in Control occurs but Grantee has met the
conditions for a qualifying retirement termination set forth in Section 4.3 and the Grant has not 

  

 February 2008 
 -142- 

 
been terminated by PNC prior to the Change in Control pursuant to Section 4.3 for Detrimental Conduct and is outstanding as of the end of the day
immediately preceding the day on which the Change in Control occurs such that Grantee remains eligible for an award, Grantee’s Final Award will be in the amount of the lesser of: 
 (1) the Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount determined in the same manner as set forth in Section 5.1(c) but with no Committee discretion to
reduce the amount of the award; and 
 (2) the amount of the award that would have been payable to Grantee pursuant to the calculations set
forth in Section 6.1(a), but substituting a Part B Award of zero Share Units for any Part B Award amount calculated pursuant to that section, had Grantee not Retired but had been an employee of the Corporation as of the end of the day
immediately preceding the day the Change in Control occurred. 
 The scheduled award-determination period will occur as soon
as practicable after the occurrence of the Change in Control. 
 If Grantee died while a qualified Retiree and a Final Award
determination (either to award a specified amount or not to authorize any award) was made by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 prior to the Change in Control, no further or different award determination will be made pursuant to this
Section 6.1. 
 If no such Final Award determination was made prior to the Change in Control, Grantee’s Final Award
determined pursuant to this Section 6.1(c) will be paid to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance with Section 9. 
 (d) Disability. In the event that Grantee became Disabled and Grantee’s employment with the Corporation terminated prior to
the day the Change in Control occurs but Grantee has met the conditions for a qualifying disability termination set forth in Section 4.4 and the Grant has not been terminated by PNC prior to the Change in Control pursuant to Section 4.4
for Detrimental Conduct and is outstanding as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day on which the Change in Control occurs such that Grantee remains eligible for an award, Grantee’s Final Award will be in the amount of the award
that would have been payable to Grantee pursuant to the calculations set forth in Section 6.1(a), but substituting a Part B Award of zero Share Units for any Part B Award amount calculated pursuant to that section, had Grantee still been an
employee of the Corporation as of the end of the day immediately preceding the day the Change in Control occurred. The scheduled award-determination period will occur as soon as practicable after the occurrence of the Change in Control. 

 

 February 2008 
 -143- 

 If Grantee died while qualified to receive an award and a Final Award determination
(either to award a specified amount or not to authorize any award) was made by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 prior to the Change in Control, no further or different award determination will be made pursuant to this Section 6.1. If
no such Final Award determination was made prior to the Change in Control, Grantee’s Final Award (payable to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance with Section 9) will be an award
determined in accordance with Section 6.1(b) as if Grantee had died while an employee of the Corporation and prior to the Change in Control. 
 (e) Qualifying Termination in Anticipation of a Change in Control. In the event that Grantee’s termination of employment satisfies all of the conditions set forth in Section 4.5 and Section 14.40
for a qualifying termination in anticipation of a change in control such that the Grant is outstanding at the time the Change in Control occurs and Grantee remains eligible for an award, Grantee will receive a Final Award on the following basis, as
applicable. 
 (1) If the Change in Control occurs within three (3) months of Grantee’s Termination Date, Grantee will receive a
Final Award on the same basis as a continuing employee of the Corporation as set forth in Section 6.1(a). 
 (2) If the Change in Control
occurs more than three (3) months after Grantee’s Termination Date but the Grant is outstanding because Grantee’s termination of employment qualifies under Section 4.5 and Section 14.40 by, among other conditions, having
occurred after or within three months prior to a CIC Triggering Event, Grantee will receive a Final Award on the same basis as a qualifying Retiree as set forth in Section 6.1(c). 
 If Grantee died while qualified to receive an award and a Final Award determination (either to award a specified amount or not to
authorize any award) was made by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 prior to the Change in Control, no further or different award determination will be made pursuant to this Section 6.1. If no such Final Award determination was made
prior to the Change in Control, Grantee’s Final Award (payable to Grantee’s legal representative, as determined in good faith by the Committee, in accordance with Section 9) will be in the same amount as the Final Award that would
have been paid to Grantee pursuant to this Section 6.1(e) had Grantee still been alive on the Change-in-Control-determined Award Date. 
 6.2 No Committee Discretion. The Committee may not exercise any negative discretion pursuant to Section 5.2(b) or otherwise exercise discretion pursuant to the Agreement in any way that would serve to
reduce an award deemed to be made to Grantee pursuant to this Section 6. 
  

 February 2008 
 -144- 

 6.3 Conditions for Final Award Calculation Part B Award. Certain subsections of
Section 6.1 specify that a Final Award will be calculated in two parts: Part A Award and Part B Award. The Part B Award portion, where otherwise applicable pursuant to Section 6.1, is subject to the condition that Grantee have entered
into a new change of control employment agreement with PNC after January 1, 2008. 
 Notwithstanding anything in
Section 6.1 to the contrary, unless and until Grantee has entered into such an agreement, the calculation of a Final Award pursuant to Section 6.1 shall in no event include a Part B Award.” 
 (22) Section 7.1 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: 
 “7.1 Payment of Final Award Determined by the Committee. 
 (a) Form of Payment. Payment of any Final Award determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2 will be made in cash in an
amount equal to the number of share units denominated in the Final Award multiplied by the Fair Market Value (as defined in Section 14.21) on the Award Date of a share of PNC common stock or as otherwise provided in Section 8, if
applicable. 
 (b) Timing. Determination of eligibility for an award, calculation of the maximum permitted award
amount, and a decision by the Committee on whether or not to authorize an award and, if so, the size of such Final Award (the “scheduled award-determination process”) and then payment of any such Final Award will all generally occur in the
first quarter of 2009 or as soon thereafter as practicable after the final data necessary for the Committee to make its award determination is available. 
 In general, it is expected that the Award Date will occur in 2009 and no later than the end of the second quarter of that year, and that payment of a Final Award, if any, will be made as soon as practicable after the
Award Date. Except as otherwise provided below, in no event will payment be made earlier than January 1, 2009 or later than December 31, 2009, other than in unusual circumstances where a further delay thereafter would be permitted under
Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and if such a delay is permissible, as soon as practicable within such limits. 
 In the event of Grantee’s death prior to the Award Date where Grantee has satisfied all of the conditions of Section 4.2, 4.3, 4.4 or 4.5 of the Agreement and otherwise meets all applicable criteria as set forth in the Agreement
for consideration for an award, (a) the scheduled award-determination process will occur at the same time and in the same manner that such process would have occurred had Grantee remained an employee of the Corporation, provided that if the
death occurs prior to 2008, the scheduled award-determination process will occur in the calendar year immediately following Grantee’s death, and (b) payment of a Final Award, if any, will be made during the calendar year 

  

 February 2008 
 -145- 

 
immediately following the year in which Grantee died if the death occurs on or prior to December 31, 2008, or in 2009 if Grantee dies in 2009,
provided, that, in no event will payment occur later than December 31st of the calendar year so specified as the year for payment, other than in unusual circumstances where a further delay thereafter would be permitted under
Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and if such a delay is permissible, as soon as practicable within such limits. 
 Otherwise, in the event that Grantee is no longer employed by the Corporation but has satisfied all of the conditions of Section 4.3, 4.4 or 4.5 of the Agreement and otherwise meets all applicable criteria as set forth in the Agreement
for consideration for an award, (a) the scheduled award-determination process will occur at the same time and in the same manner that such process would have occurred had Grantee remained an employee of the Corporation, generally in 2009 during
the first quarter of that year, and (b) once the Committee has made its award determination, payment of a Final Award, if any, will be made as soon as practicable after the Award Date, provided, that, in no event will payment be
made earlier than January 1, 2009 or later than December 31, 2009, other than in unusual circumstances where a further delay thereafter would be permitted under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and if such a delay is
permissible, as soon as practicable within such limits. 
 (c) Disputes. If there is a dispute regarding payment of the
Final Award, PNC will settle the undisputed portion of the award, if any, within the time frame set forth above in this Section 7.1, and will settle any remaining portion as soon as practicable after such dispute is finally resolved but in any
event within the time period permitted under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.” 
 (23) Section 7.2 is amended and restated in its
entirety to read as follows: 
 “7.2 Payment of Final Award Determined by Section 6. If a Final Award is
deemed to be made pursuant to Section 6 rather than determined by the Committee pursuant to Section 5.2, the Final Award is fully vested as of the date of the Change in Control. The size of the Final Award denominated in share units will
be calculated as of the date of the Change in Control once the final data necessary for the award determination is available, and the Final Award will be paid in cash as set forth below. 
 (a) Timing. Payment of the Final Award will be made by PNC at the time set forth in subsection (a)(1) of this Section 7.2
unless payment at such time would be a noncompliant payment under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and otherwise, at the time set forth in subsection (a)(2) of this Section 7.2, in either case as further described below.

  

 February 2008 
 -146- 

 (1) If, under the circumstances,
the Change in Control is a permissible payment event under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, payment of the Final Award will be made in cash as soon as practicable after the date the Change in Control occurs and the amount of the Final
Award is determinable and determined in accordance with Section 6, but in no event later than December 31st of the calendar year in which
the Change in Control occurs or, if later, by the 15th day of the third calendar month following the date on which the Change in Control occurs,
other than in unusual circumstances where a further delay thereafter would be permitted under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code, and if such a delay is permissible, as soon as practicable within such limits. 
 (2) If, under the circumstances, payment at the time of the Change in Control would not comply with Section 409A of the Internal
Revenue Code, then payment will be made in cash as soon as practicable after January 1, 2009, but in no event later than December 31, 2009. 
 (b) Form of Payment. The Final Award will be paid in cash. 
 If, under the
circumstances, the Change in Control is a permissible payment event under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and payment of the Final Award is made at the time specified in Section 7.2(a)(1), then the Final Award will be in an
amount equal to the base amount described below in subsection (A) of this Section 7.2(b). 
 If, under the
circumstances, payment at the time of the Change in Control would not comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and payment of the Final Award is made at the time specified in Section 7.2(a)(2), then the Final Award will be in
an amount equal to the base amount described below in subsection (A) of this Section 7.2(b) plus the phantom investment amount described below in subsection (B) of this Section 7.2(b). 
 (A) The base amount will be an amount equal to the number of Share Units specified in the Final Award multiplied by the Fair Market Value
(as defined in Section 14.21) of a share of PNC common stock on the date of the Change in Control or as otherwise provided in Section 8, if applicable. 
 (B) The phantom investment amount will be either (i) or (ii), whichever is larger: (i) interest on the base amount described in
Section 7.2(b)(A) from the date of the Change in Control through the payment date at the short-term, mid-term or long-term Federal rate under Internal Revenue Code Section 1274 (b)(2)(B), as applicable depending on the term until payment,
compounded semi-annually; or (ii) a phantom investment amount with respect to said base amount that reflects, if positive, the performance of the PNC stock or other consideration received by a PNC common shareholder in the Change in Control
transaction, with dividends reinvested in such stock, from the date of the Change in Control through the payment date. PNC may, at its option, provide 

  

 February 2008 
 -147- 

 
other phantom investment alternatives in addition to those referenced in the preceding sentence and may permit Grantee to make a phantom investment election
from among such alternatives under and in accordance with procedures established by PNC, but any such alternatives must provide for at least the two phantom investments set forth in Section 7.2(b)(B)(i) and (ii) at a minimum. The phantom
investment amount will be applicable only in the event that payment at the time of the Change in Control would not comply with Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code and thus payment is made at the time specified in Section 7.2(a)(2)
rather than at the time specified in Section 7.2(a)(1). 
 (c) Disputes. If there is a dispute regarding payment
of the Final Award, PNC will settle the undisputed portion of the award, if any, within the time frame set forth in the applicable subsection of Section 7.2(a), and will settle any remaining portion as soon as practicable after such dispute is
finally resolved but in any event within the time period permitted under Section 409A of the Internal Revenue Code.” 
 (24) Section 7.3 is
amended by: restating the heading thereof to read “Final Award Fully Vested”; adding the phrase “, if any,” after “Final Award” in the first sentence of that section; and adding the following phrase to the end of the
first paragraph of that section: “, at the time specified in the applicable subsection of Section 7.2.” 
 (25) The definition of Annual
Potential Payout Percentage in Section 14.2 is amended by: replacing the phrase “Annual Potential Payout Schedule set forth in Schedule I of the Agreement” with the phrase “Annual Potential Payout Calculation Schedule applicable
for that year” in the first paragraph of that section; and replacing the phrase “financial returns from investing and proprietary trading activities” with the phrase “financial return from investing activities” in the first
and third paragraphs of that section. 
 (26) The definition in Section 14.3 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows: 
 “14.3 “Annual Potential Payout Calculation Schedule” or “Schedule” for a given full or partial
covered year means the schedule established by the Committee with respect to this Grant as applicable for that year and setting forth the method by which the Annual Potential Payout Percentage will be calculated for that full covered year on the
basis of the level of financial return from investing activities achieved by the A&L Unit compared to applicable Benchmark Performance Index for that year. The Limited-Year Annual Potential Payout Percentage will be calculated for that partial
covered year, if a partial or limited year calculation is required by the Agreement, on the basis of the level of financial return from investing activities achieved by the A&L Unit compared to applicable Benchmark Performance Index for the
year-to-date period (using full quarters only) beginning on January 1 of that partial year and ending on the performance measurement date specified by the Agreement.” 
  

 February 2008 
 -148- 

 (27) The definition of Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount in Section 14.7 is amended by replacing the phrase
“and the Annual Potential Payout Schedule established by the Committee” with the phrase “and the applicable Annual Potential Payout Calculation Schedules established by the Committee” in that section. 
 (28) The definition of CIC Payout Percentage in Section 14.13 is amended by changing the section reference therein from “Section 6.1(a)(iii)” to
“Section 6.1(a)(iv)”. 
 (29) The definition of Disabled in Section 14.19 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 “14.19 “Disabled” or “Disability” means, except as may otherwise be required by
Section 409A, that Grantee either (i) is unable to engage in any substantial gainful activity by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a
continuous period of not less than 12 months, or (ii) is, by reason of any medically determinable physical or mental impairment that can be expected to result in death or can be expected to last for a continuous period of not less than 12
months, receiving (and has received for at least three months) income replacement benefits under any Corporation-sponsored disability benefit plan. If Grantee has been determined to be eligible for Social Security disability benefits, Grantee shall
be presumed to be Disabled as defined herein.” 
 (30) The definition of Final Potential Payout Percentage in Section 14.23 is amended and restated
in its entirety to read as follows: 
 “14.23 “Final Potential Payout Percentage.” 
 Where a Final Award determination is made pursuant to Section 5, the term “Final Potential Payout Percentage” will
have the meaning set forth in (a) or (b) below, whichever is applicable in the circumstances. 
 (a) Where the Performance Period specified by the applicable section of the
Agreement is the full three-year period commencing January 1, 2006 through and including December 31, 2008, then the Final Potential Payout Percentage will be the percentage that is the average (but in no event greater than 200%) of the
Annual Potential Payout Percentages for the three full covered years in the Performance Period (i.e., one-third ( 1/3rd) of the sum of the annual percentages for the full years 2006, 2007 and 2008). If all of the Annual Potential Payout Percentages are 0%, then the Final Potential Payout Percentage will be 0%. 
 (b) Where the applicable performance measurement date specified by the Agreement is a quarter-end or year-end date other than
December 31, 2008, then the Final Potential Payout Percentage will be a Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage and will be calculated as set forth in Section 14.30. 
  

 February 2008 
 -149- 

 Where a Final Award is deemed to be awarded pursuant to Section 6 by reason of the
occurrence of a Change in Control, the payout calculation will be as set forth in the applicable subsection of Section 6.” 
 (31) Clause
(a) of the first paragraph of the definition of Limited-Period Final Potential Payout Percentage in Section 14.30 is amended by revising clause (a)(ii) to read as follows: “(ii) the number of full completed quarters in the partial
year of the applicable limited Performance Period, times the Limited-Year Annual Potential Payout Percentage for that partial year;”. 
 (32) The first
sentence of Section 14.34 is restated to read as follows: “ “Performance Period” means the period during which corporate performance will be measured against the performance standard established by the Committee in accordance
with the Agreement.” 
 (33) The definition of Retires or Retirement in Section 14.42 is amended and restated in its entirety to read as follows:

 “14.42 “Retires” or
“Retirement”. Grantee “Retires” if his employment with the Corporation terminates (a) at any time on or after the first (1st) day of the first (1st) month coincident with or next following the date on which Grantee attains age
fifty-five (55) and completes five (5) years of service (where a year of service is determined in the same manner as the determination of a year of Vesting Service under the provisions of The PNC Financial Services Group, Inc. Pension
Plan) with the Corporation and (b) for a reason other than termination by reason of Grantee’s death or by the Corporation for Cause or, unless the Committee or its delegate determines otherwise, termination in connection with a divestiture
of assets or a divestiture of one or more subsidiaries. If Grantee “Retires” as defined herein, the termination of Grantee’s employment with the Corporation is sometimes referred to as “Retirement”.”

 (34) A new definition is added as Section 14.43 and the remaining definitions are renumbered accordingly: 
 “14.43 “Schedules” means the Annual Potential Payout Calculation Schedules established by the Committee with respect
to this Grant, as described in Section 14.3.” 
 (35) The definition of Target Share Units, redesignated Section 14.47, is amended by adding
the following phrase to the end of that definition: “, subject to capital adjustments pursuant to Section 8, if any.” 
 19.
Acceptance of Grant; PNC Right to Cancel; Effectiveness of Agreement. 
  

 February 2008 
 -150- 

 If Grantee does not accept the Grant by executing and delivering a copy of the Agreement to PNC, without
altering or changing the terms thereof in any way, within thirty (30) days of receipt by Grantee of a copy of the Agreement, PNC may, in its sole discretion, withdraw its offer and cancel the Grant at any time prior to Grantee’s delivery
to PNC of a copy of the Agreement executed by Grantee. Otherwise, upon execution and delivery of the Agreement by both PNC and Grantee, the Agreement is effective. 
 IN WITNESS WHEREOF, PNC has caused the Agreement to be signed on its behalf as of the Grant Date. 
  

			
	THE PNC FINANCIAL SERVICES GROUP, INC.
		
	By:	 	  

	
	Chairman and Chief Executive Officer
	
	ATTEST:
		
	By:	 	  

	
	Corporate Secretary
	
	ACCEPTED AND AGREED TO by GRANTEE
	
	  

	Grantee

  

 February 2008 
 -151- 

 SCHEDULES 
 * * * 
 ANNUAL POTENTIAL PAYOUT CALCULATION SCHEDULE 
 FOR 
 2008 PERFORMANCE UNITS 
 Final Award determination pursuant to Section 5 of the 2008 Performance Units Agreement (the “Agreement”) requires the calculation of the
Final Potential Payout Percentage and the Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount, each as defined in the Agreement. Final Award calculation pursuant to Section 6 of the Agreement, if applicable, requires the calculation of the CIC Payout
Percentage and the calculated final award. 
 Those calculations, in turn, take into account the levels of performance achieved by the
A&L Unit with respect to the Performance Criteria, as measured annually and expressed as the Annual Potential Payout Percentages for each of the years and/or shorter partial-year period where required by the Agreement (e.g., in the case
of certain qualifying terminations of employment or change in control) in the overall Performance Period. 
 Unless and until amended
prospectively by the Committee, this Schedule will be applied in order to determine the full Annual Potential Payout Percentage for each full year in the Performance Period and, where applicable, the Limited-Year Annual Potential Payout Percentage
for any partial year period where there is a limitation of the overall performance period required by the Agreement and such limited performance period includes a partial year. 
 This Schedule assigns an Annual Potential Payout Percentage (ranging from 0% up through 200%) to levels of annual performance relative to the benchmark
performance index as set forth in the following table, with percentages interpolated for performance between the points indicated on the table, rounded to the nearest one-hundredth percent (e.g., 0.00%, with 0.005% being rounded upward to
0.01%). In no event will an Annual Potential Payout Percentage be greater than 200% or less than 0%. 
  

 February 2008 
 -152- 

				
	 Annual Performance
 Relative to
Benchmark
 Performance Index
	  	Annual Potential Payout
Percentage	 
	 +40 basis points or higher
	  	200	%
		
	 +20 basis points
	  	150	%
		
	 0 basis points (at benchmark) to -25 basis points
	  	100	%
		
	 -35 basis points
	  	40	%
		
	 -40 basis points or below
	  	0	%

 The annual performance referred to in the table above for a given full year is the level of
financial return from investing activities achieved by the A&L Unit for that year as compared to the applicable Benchmark Performance Index as defined by the Agreement for that year. This annual performance is expressed as the number of basis
points by which the specified A&L Unit performance exceeds or falls short of benchmark index performance, with 0 basis points indicating performance at the benchmark index level. 
 Where a Limited-Year Annual Potential Payout Percentage is required by the Agreement, the “annual performance” referred to in the table above
is the level of financial return from investing activities achieved by the A&L Unit for the year-to-date period (using full quarters only) beginning on January 1 of the given partial year and ending on the performance measurement date
specified by the Agreement as compared to the Benchmark Performance Index applicable in accordance with the Agreement. 
 Committee
Negative Discretion. Once the annual potential payout percentage for A&L Unit performance achieved for the relevant full year or partial-year period has been determined by reference to the table above, including interpolation where required,
the Committee may decide, in its discretion, to reduce that percentage (as long as such decision is not made during a CIC Coverage Period, as defined in the Agreement) but may not increase it. 
  

 February 2008 
 -153- 

 * * * 
 2007 PERFORMANCE UNITS 
 * * * 
 2007 ANNUAL POTENTIAL PAYOUT CALCULATION SCHEDULE 
 FOR 
 2007 PERFORMANCE UNITS 
 Final Award determination pursuant to Section 5 of the 2007 Performance Units
Agreement (the “2007 Agreement”) requires the calculation of the Final Potential Payout Percentage and the Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount, each as defined in the 2007 Agreement. Final Award calculation pursuant to
Section 6 of the 2007 Agreement, if applicable, requires the calculation of the CIC Payout Percentage and the calculated final award. 
 Those calculations, in turn, take into account the level of performance achieved by the A&L Unit with respect to the Performance Criteria, as measured annually and expressed as the Annual Potential Payout Percentages for each of the
three years and/or shorter partial-year period where required by the 2007 Agreement (e.g., in the case of certain qualifying terminations of employment or change in control) in the overall Performance Period. 
 This Schedule will be applied in order to determine the Annual Potential Payout Percentage for 2007. 
 This Schedule assigns an Annual Potential Payout Percentage (ranging from 0% up through 200%) to levels of annual performance relative to the benchmark
index as set forth in the following table, with interpolated percentages for performance between the indicated points on the table rounded to the nearest one-hundredth percent (e.g., 0.00%, with 0.005% being rounded upward to 0.01%) so that
the payout calculation schedule operates on a sliding scale; provided, however, that in no event will an Annual Potential Payout Percentage be greater than 200% or less than 0%. 
  

 February 2008 
 -154- 

				
	 Annual Performance
 Relative to Benchmark Index
	  	Annual Potential Payout
Percentage	 
	 40 basis points or higher
	  	200	%
		
	 20 basis points
	  	150	%
		
	 0 basis points (at benchmark)
	  	100	%
		
	 -10 basis points
	  	40	%
		
	 -15 basis points or below
	  	0	%

 The annual performance referred to in the table above is the level of financial return from
investing activities achieved by the A&L Unit for the given year as compared to the applicable Benchmark Performance Index as defined by the 2007 Agreement for that year. This annual performance is expressed as the number of basis points by
which the specified A&L Unit performance exceeds or falls short of benchmark index performance, with 0 basis points indicating performance at the benchmark index level. 
 Where a Limited-Year Annual Potential Payout Percentage is required by the 2007 Agreement, the “annual performance” referred to in the table
above is the level of financial return from investing activities achieved by the A&L Unit as compared to the Benchmark Performance Index applicable in accordance with the 2007 Agreement for the year-to-date period (using full quarters only)
beginning on January 1 of the given partial year and ending on the performance measurement date specified by the 2007 Agreement. 
 Committee Negative Discretion. Once the annual potential payout percentage for A&L Unit performance achieved for the relevant year or partial-year period has been determined by reference to the table above, including
interpolation where required, the Committee may decide, in its discretion, to reduce that percentage (as long as such decision is not made during a CIC Coverage Period, as defined in the 2007 Agreement) but may not increase it. 
  

 February 2008 
 -155- 

 REVISED ANNUAL POTENTIAL PAYOUT CALCULATION SCHEDULE 
 FOR 
 2007 PERFORMANCE UNITS 
 Final Award determination pursuant to Section 5 of the 2007 Performance Units Agreement (the “2007 Agreement”) requires the calculation of
the Final Potential Payout Percentage and the Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount, each as defined in the 2007 Agreement. Final Award calculation pursuant to Section 6 of the 2007 Agreement, if applicable, requires the calculation of the
CIC Payout Percentage and the calculated final award. 
 Those calculations, in turn, take into account the levels of performance achieved by
the A&L Unit with respect to the Performance Criteria, as measured annually and expressed as the Annual Potential Payout Percentages for each of the years and/or shorter partial-year period where required by the 2007 Agreement (e.g., in
the case of certain qualifying terminations of employment or change in control) in the overall Performance Period. 
 The Schedule
established by the Committee at the time it authorized the 2007 Performance Units grant applies to the 2007 performance year. Beginning with the year 2008 and unless and until further amended prospectively by the Committee, this revised Schedule
will be applied in order to determine the full Annual Potential Payout Percentage for all other full years in the Performance Period and, where applicable, the Limited-Year Annual Potential Payout Percentage for any partial year period where there
is a limitation of the overall performance period required by the 2007 Agreement and such limited performance period includes a partial year. 
 This Schedule assigns an Annual Potential Payout Percentage (ranging from 0% up through 200%) to levels of annual performance relative to the benchmark performance index as set forth in the following table, with percentages interpolated for
performance between the points indicated on the table, rounded to the nearest one-hundredth percent (e.g., 0.00%, with 0.005% being rounded upward to 0.01%). In no event will an Annual Potential Payout Percentage be greater than 200% or less
than 0%. 
  

 February 2008 
 -156- 

				
	 Annual Performance
 Relative to
Benchmark
 Performance Index
	  	Annual Potential Payout
Percentage	 
	 +40 basis points or higher
	  	200	%
		
	 +20 basis points
	  	150	%
		
	 0 basis points (at benchmark) to -25 basis points
	  	100	%
		
	 -35 basis points
	  	40	%
		
	 -40 basis points or below
	  	0	%

 The annual performance referred to in the table above for a given full year is the level of
financial return from investing activities achieved by the A&L Unit for that year as compared to the applicable Benchmark Performance Index as defined by the 2007 Agreement for that year. This annual performance is expressed as the number of
basis points by which the specified A&L Unit performance exceeds or falls short of benchmark index performance, with 0 basis points indicating performance at the benchmark index level. 
 Where a Limited-Year Annual Potential Payout Percentage is required by the 2007 Agreement, the “annual performance” referred to in the table
above is the level of financial return from investing activities achieved by the A&L Unit for the year-to-date period (using full quarters only) beginning on January 1 of the given partial year and ending on the performance measurement date
specified by the 2007 Agreement as compared to the Benchmark Performance Index applicable in accordance with the 2007 Agreement. 
 Committee Negative Discretion. Once the annual potential payout percentage for A&L Unit performance achieved for the relevant full year or partial-year period has been determined by reference to the table above, including
interpolation where required, the Committee may decide, in its discretion, to reduce that percentage (as long as such decision is not made during a CIC Coverage Period, as defined in the 2007 Agreement) but may not increase it. 
  

 February 2008 
 -157- 

 * * * 
 2006 PERFORMANCE UNITS 
 * * * 
 2006 AND 2007 ANNUAL POTENTIAL PAYOUT SCHEDULE 
 FOR 
 2006 PERFORMANCE UNITS 
 Final Award determination pursuant to Section 5 of the 2006 Performance Unit
Agreement (the “2006 Agreement) requires the calculation of the Final Potential Payout Percentage and the Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount, each as defined in the 2006 Agreement. Final Award calculation pursuant to Section 6 of
the 2006 Agreement, if applicable, requires the calculation of the CIC Payout Percentage and the calculated final award. 
 Those
calculations, in turn, take into account the degree to which the corporate Performance Goals have been achieved by the A&L Unit, as measured annually and expressed as the Annual Potential Payout Percentages for each of the three years and/or
shorter partial-year period where required by the 2006 Agreement (e.g., in the case of certain qualifying terminations of employment or change in control) in the overall Performance Period. 
 This Schedule will be applied in order to determine the Annual Potential Payout Percentages for 2006 and 2007. 
 This Schedule assigns an Annual Potential Payout Percentage (ranging from 0% up through 200%) to levels of annual performance relative to benchmark as
set forth in the following table, with interpolated percentages for performance between the indicated points on the table rounded to the nearest one-hundredth percent (e.g., 0.00%, with 0.005% being rounded upward to 0.01%) so that the payout
schedule operates on a sliding scale; provided, however, that in no event will an Annual Potential Payout Percentage be greater than 200% or less than 0%. 
  

 February 2008 
 -158- 

				
	 Annual Performance
 Relative to Benchmark
	  	Annual Potential Payout
Percentage	 
	 40 basis points or higher
	  	200	%
		
	 20 basis points
	  	150	%
		
	 0 basis points (at Benchmark)
	  	100	%
		
	 -10 basis points
	  	40	%
		
	 -15 basis points or below
	  	0	%

 The annual performance referred to in the table above is the level of financial returns from
investing and proprietary trading activities achieved by the A&L Unit for the given year as compared to the applicable Benchmark Performance Index as defined by the 2006 Agreement for that year. This annual performance is expressed as the number
of basis points by which the specified A&L Unit performance exceeds or falls short of benchmark performance, with 0 basis points indicating performance at the benchmark level. 
 Where a Limited-Year Annual Potential Payout Percentage is required by the 2006 Agreement, the “annual performance” referred to in the table
above is the level of financial returns from investing and proprietary trading activities achieved by the A&L Unit as compared to the Benchmark Performance Index applicable in accordance with the 2006 Agreement for the year-to-date period (using
full quarters only) beginning on January 1 of the given partial year and ending on the performance measurement date specified by the 2006 Agreement. 
 Committee Negative Discretion. Once the annual potential payout percentage for A&L Unit performance achieved for the relevant year or partial-year period has been determined by reference to the table above,
including interpolation where required, the Committee may (other than during a CIC Coverage Period) decide, in its discretion, to reduce that percentage but may not increase it. 
  

 February 2008 
 -159- 

 REVISED ANNUAL POTENTIAL PAYOUT CALCULATION SCHEDULE 
 FOR 
 2006 PERFORMANCE UNITS 
 Final Award determination pursuant to Section 5 of the 2006 Performance Unit Agreement (the “2006 Agreement”) requires the calculation of
the Final Potential Payout Percentage and the Calculated Maximum Potential Payout Amount, each as defined in the 2006 Agreement. Final Award calculation pursuant to Section 6 of the 2006 Agreement, if applicable, requires the calculation of the
CIC Payout Percentage and the calculated final award. 
 Those calculations, in turn, take into account the degree to which the corporate
Performance Goals have been achieved by the A&L Unit, as measured annually and expressed as the Annual Potential Payout Percentages for each of the years and/or shorter partial-year period where required by the 2006 Agreement (e.g., in
the case of certain qualifying terminations of employment or change in control) in the overall Performance Period. 
 The Schedule
established by the Committee at the time it authorized the 2006 Performance Units grant applies to the 2006 and 2007 performance years. This revised Schedule will be applied in order to determine the Annual Potential Payout Percentage for 2008.

 This Schedule assigns an Annual Potential Payout Percentage (ranging from 0% up through 200%) to levels of annual performance relative to
the benchmark performance index as set forth in the following table, with percentages interpolated for performance between the points indicated on the table, rounded to the nearest one-hundredth percent (e.g., 0.00%, with 0.005% being rounded
upward to 0.01%). In no event will an Annual Potential Payout Percentage be greater than 200% or less than 0%. 
  

 February 2008 
 -160- 

				
	 Annual Performance
 Relative to
Benchmark
 Performance Index
	  	Annual Potential Payout
Percentage	 
	 +40 basis points or higher
	  	200	%
		
	 +20 basis points
	  	150	%
		
	 0 basis points (at benchmark) to -25 basis points
	  	100	%
		
	 -35 basis points
	  	40	%
		
	 -40 basis points or below
	  	0	%

 The annual performance referred to in the table above for a given full year is the level of
financial return from investing activities achieved by the A&L Unit for that year as compared to the applicable Benchmark Performance Index as defined by the 2006 Agreement for that year. This annual performance is expressed as the number of
basis points by which the specified A&L Unit performance exceeds or falls short of benchmark index performance, with 0 basis points indicating performance at the benchmark index level. 
 Where a Limited-Year Annual Potential Payout Percentage is required by the 2006 Agreement, the “annual performance” referred to in the table
above is the level of financial return from investing activities achieved by the A&L Unit for the year-to-date period (using full quarters only) beginning on January 1 of the given partial year and ending on the performance measurement date
specified by the 2006 Agreement as compared to the Benchmark Performance Index applicable in accordance with the 2006 Agreement. 
 Committee Negative Discretion. Once the annual potential payout percentage for A&L Unit performance achieved for the relevant full year or partial-year period has been determined by reference to the table above, including
interpolation where required, the Committee may decide, in its discretion, to reduce that percentage (as long as such decision is not made during a CIC Coverage Period, as defined in the 2006 Agreement) but may not increase it. 
  

 February 2008 
 -161-

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00154-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00154-of-00352.parquet"}]]